CN101135873A

CN101135873A - Image forming apparatus, image forming method and process cartridge

Info

Publication number: CN101135873A
Application number: CNA2007101821674A
Authority: CN
Inventors: 岩本康敬; 渡辺阳一郎; 设乐泰祯
Original assignee: Ricoh Co Ltd
Current assignee: Ricoh Co Ltd
Priority date: 2006-04-21
Filing date: 2007-04-23
Publication date: 2008-03-05
Anticipated expiration: 2027-04-23
Also published as: JP4749928B2; CN101135873B; JP2007292869A

Abstract

Provided are image forming apparatuses, image forming methods, and process cartridges using a toner that is excellent in low temperature fixing ability, hot offset resistance, and storage stability, and also generate less odor, and thus that can provide high quality images with superior fixing ability, far from tone change with time, and less likely to occur abnormal images such as density-drop and background smear. The image forming apparatuses comprise a latent electrostatic image bearing member, a charging unit, an exposing unit, a developing unit, a transfer unit, and a fixing unit, wherein the toner comprises a binder resin and a colorant, the binder resin comprises a polyester resin prepared by condensation polymerization between an alcohol component that contains an aliphatic polyvalent alcohol and a carboxylic acid component that contains (meth)acrylic acid-modified rosin.

Description

Image processing system, image forming method and handle box

Technical field

The present invention relates to image processing system, image forming method and the handle box of electrofax modes such as duplicating machine, xeroprinting, printer, facsimile recorder, electrostatic recording.

Background technology

At present, the image of electrofax mode forms the known several different methods that has, normally make electrostatic latent image support the surface charging of body (below be also referred to as " photoreceptor ", " Electrophtography photosensor ", " image-carrier "), make this charged electrostatic latent image support the face exposure of body then, thereby form electrostatic latent image.Then, make latent electrostatic image developing, support at electrostatic latent image and form visual image on the body with toner.This visual image directly or by the intermediate transfer body is transferred on the recording medium,, thereby obtains on recording medium, to form the record images thing then by heating, pressurization or both and with the transferred image photographic fixing that makes this transfer printing.In addition, remaining in the toner that electrostatic latent image supports on the body and can clean behind the transfer printing visual image by known modes such as blade, brush, rollers.

Adopt the full-colour image of this electrofax mode to form device, common known dual mode.A kind of independent mode (or single roller mode) that is called is carried an electrostatic latent image and is supported body, and carries four developing apparatuss corresponding to cyan, magenta, yellow and four kinds of colors of black in image processing system.By so independent mode, can support the visual image that forms 4 looks on body or the recording medium at electrostatic latent image.Adopt this independent mode, can make to be configured in electrostatic latent image carrier sharings such as Charging system, exposure device, transfer device and cleaning device on every side, compare, can be designed to miniaturization, low-cost apparatus with series system described later.

On the other hand, also have a kind of series system (or series connection roller mode) that is called, in image processing system, carry a plurality of electrostatic latent images and support body (referring to Japanese patent laid-open 5-341617 communique).

Usually, support body for an electrostatic latent image, each all disposes Charging system, developing apparatus, transfer device and cleaning device, forms an image formative element, and this image formative element can be carried a plurality of.In this series system, can form monochromatic visual image, then, visual image is transferred on the recording medium, form full-colour image by an image formative element.In this series system, owing to can make visual image of all kinds by handling simultaneously, so can form image at a high speed.That is, series system is compared with above-mentioned independent mode, and the processing time that image forms can finish with about 1/4 time, thereby can tackle 4 times flying print.In addition, can be from improving the permanance that supports each device the image formative element headed by the body with electrostatic latent image in fact.This be because, in aforementioned independent mode, adopt an electrostatic latent image to support body and carry out four charged, exposures, development and each operation of transfer printing, form a full-colour image, and in aforementioned series system, adopt an electrostatic latent image to support the operation that body only carries out once above-mentioned operation and get final product.

But, aforementioned series system, owing to arrange a plurality of image formative elements, whole change is big so its shortcoming is an image processing system, cost uprises.

In order to solve foregoing problems, countermeasure is to reduce the diameter that electrostatic latent image supports body, makes to be configured in electrostatic latent image and to support each equipment miniaturization around the body, thereby an image formative element is dwindled.As a result, not only make entire image form equipment miniaturization, also reached and reduced the effect of fee of material, thereby also reduced whole cost to a certain extent.But along with the compressionization and the miniaturization of such image processing system, the new problem of generation is must be with each device high performance that carries in the image formative element, and increases substantially its stability.

In addition, in recent years,, strengthening for the market demand of energy-conservationization and high speed for image processing systems such as printer, duplicating machine, facsimile recorders always.In order to realize such performance, seek to improve that the thermal efficiency of fixing device is important in the image processing system.

Usually, in image processing system, by image formation process such as electrophotographic recording, electrostatic recording, magnetic recordings, adopt indirect transfer printing mode or direct transfer printing mode on recording mediums such as documentary film, printing paper, sensitized paper, electrostatic recording paper, to form unfixed toner image.As the device that is used for such unfixed toner image is carried out photographic fixing, be extensive use of for example Contact Heating modes such as hot-rolling mode, film type of heating, electromagnetic induction heating mode.

The fixing device of above-mentioned hot-rolling mode has thermals source such as Halogen lamp LED in inside, basic comprising be adjusted to the fixing roller of set point of temperature and be pressed together on the rotation roller that the backer roll on this fixing roller forms right.Recording medium is inserted the right contact portion of this rotation roller (so-called nip part) carry, heat and pressure by fixing roller and backer roll produce make uncertain image fusion, photographic fixing.

As above-mentioned film heating type fixing apparatus, for example, in Japanese kokai publication sho 63-313182 communique and the Japanese kokai publication hei 1-263679 communique etc. scheme has been proposed.Such film heating type fixing apparatus, be recording medium to be sticked on the calandria that is fixedly supported on the support component by having stable on heating thin-walled photographic fixing film, this photographic fixing film is slided with respect to calandria, the heat of calandria is offered recording medium while move by the photographic fixing film.

As above-mentioned calandria, for example can use ceramic heater that on the ceramic substrate of aluminium oxide with characteristics such as thermotolerance, insulativity, good heat conductivity or aluminium nitride etc., resistive layer is set and forms etc.With regard to this fixing device, the photographic fixing film can use the low heat capacity material of film like, and heat transfer efficiency can be sought the shortening of heat time heating time than the fixing device height of above-mentioned hot-rolling mode, reaches quick startup and energy-conservationization.

Fixing device as above-mentioned electromagnetic induction heating mode, for example proposed to utilize eddy current coking in the next life that heat that in the magnetic metal parts, produces by AC magnetic field, made the calandria that contains metal parts carry out the technology (referring to Japanese kokai publication hei 8-22206 communique) of electromagnetic induction heating.

As the fixing device of this electromagnetic induction heating mode, carry out heating and melting equably in order fully to contain visual image, be between calandria and recording medium configuration surface have the film of rubber elastic layer.If this rubber elastic layer is formed by organic silicon rubber etc., then thermal conductivity is low, so the thermo-responsive variation, and the inside surface of heated object heating and the temperature difference of the outside surface that contacts with toner can become very big.And under the many situations of toner adhesion amount, the belt surface temperature descends rapidly, can not guarantee fixing performance fully, and so-called cold print through (cold offset) promptly may take place.

In addition, in the fixing device of the image processing system of electrofax mode, require toner that heater block is had release property (below, be sometimes referred to as " anti-print through ").This anti-print through can exist release agent to be improved by making toner surface, if but use the toner outside the regulation or toner utilized again, then the release agent that exists of toner surface reduces, and anti-print through may descend.

In addition, be accompanied by the development of Electronic Photographing Technology, need low-temperature fixing and storage property (anti-adhesive) good toner, for example proposed to contain the linear polyester resin of the characteristics such as molecular weight that possess regulation toner (referring to TOHKEMY 2004-245854 communique), contain used rosin based as the toner (referring to Japanese kokai publication hei 4-70765 communique) of the non-wire cross-linking type vibrin of sour composition, use the maleic acid modified rosin to improve the toner schemes such as (referring to Japanese kokai publication hei 4-307557 communiques) of fixation performance.

In addition, be accompanied by the high speed and energy-conservationization of image processing system, on the one hand need the toner of low-temperature fixing excellence, and be accompanied by high speed, also need to possess simultaneously with anti-print through such with the toner low-temperature fixing opposite characteristic.In order to seek to possess these characteristics simultaneously, for example proposed in polyester to add the rosin monomer and the scheme (referring to Japanese kokai publication hei 4-70765 communique) of the toner that forms.In addition, method (referring to Japanese kokai publication hei 2-127657 communique) that low-molecular-weight resin and high molecular weight resin are carried out blend has also been proposed.

But, with regard to the method for low-molecular-weight resin and high molecular weight resin being carried out blend of above-mentioned Japanese kokai publication hei 2-82267 communique, there is following shortcoming, be that the existence of high molecular weight components causes comminuted in the resin manufacture operation, or use the comminuted variation in the manufacturing process of crushed toner of this binder resin.On the other hand, in the method for only using low-molecular-weight resin, not only anti-print through and storage property are poor, and comminuted good excessively, exist therefore that resin fuses in the pulverizing, make the problem of productivity variation on the contrary.

On the other hand,, then must be accompanied by the decline of glass transition temperature, therefore can cause the toner aggegation, result's storage property variation if reduce the softening point of binding resin for toner in order to improve low-temperature fixing.

In addition, be effectively though above-mentioned Japanese kokai publication hei 4-70765 communique and spy open the rosin based of using in the flat 4-307557 communique to improving low-temperature fixing, also exist the shortcoming that depends on the rosin kind and be easy to generate foul smell.

Therefore, also wait in expectation at present to provide rapidly and use low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellent and reduced the toner that foul smell produces, and fixation performance and ageing stability excellence, can form image processing system, image forming method and the handle box of high resolution image for a long time enduringly.

Summary of the invention

Problem of the present invention is to solve the variety of issue that in the past existed, to reach following purpose.Promptly, the object of the present invention is to provide and use low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence and reduced the toner that foul smell produces, and fixation performance excellence, can not change through the long-time tone that uses yet, do not stain abnormal images such as (background smear) through not occurring bottom behind the certain hour yet, can form image processing system, image forming method and the handle box of very high quality image.

[method of dealing with problems]

As solution to the problems described above, the present invention 1 thes contents are as follows.That is,

＜A-1〉image processing system, this device have at least electrostatic latent image support body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure device, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, the fixing device that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer device on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

Above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.

＜A-2〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein Charging system is to make electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body by the noncontact mode.

＜A-3〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein Charging system is to contact and charged Charging system by supporting body with electrostatic latent image.

＜A-4〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein developing apparatus has and is fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and has the surface and supported the two-component developing agent and the revolvable developer that are made of magnetic carrier and toner and support body.

＜A-5〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein the developer of developing apparatus with supplying toner supports body and supports the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer.

＜A-6〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein transfer device is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer device on the recording medium.

＜A-7〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, this device a plurality ofly contains the image formative element that electrostatic latent image supports body, Charging system, developing apparatus and transfer device respectively at least and constitutes by arranging, wherein,

Above-mentioned transfer device be on the recording medium successively transfer printing be formed on the transfer device that above-mentioned each electrostatic latent image supports the visual image on the body, move to pass through transfer position on described recording medium surface, and this transfer position is to support the relative zone of body with each electrostatic latent image of above-mentioned a plurality of image formative elements.

＜A-8〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein transfer device has that the primary transfer electrostatic latent image supports the intermediate transfer body of the visual image that forms on the body and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium.

＜A-9〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, it has cleaning device, and this cleaning device has with electrostatic latent image and supports the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts.

＜A-10〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein developing apparatus has and supports the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and supports at above-mentioned electrostatic latent image and to reclaim this electrostatic latent image on the body in the formed latent electrostatic image developing and support toner residual on the body.

＜A-11〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein fixing device have roller and the band at least a, and never the one side that contacts with toner heats, and the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

＜A-12〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein fixing device have roller and the band at least a, and heat from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

＜A-13〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

＜A-14〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein the content of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

＜A-15〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin carries out modification with (methyl) acrylic acid to resin and obtains.

＜A-16〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein pure composition is to contain alcohol more than 3 yuan and carboxylic acid composition to contain at least a in the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

＜A-17〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein in the vibrin, molecular weight is that the content of the low molecular weight compositions below 500 is below 12%.

＜A-18〉above-mentioned＜A-1 described image processing system, wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

＜A-19〉image forming method, this method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure process, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, the photographic fixing operation that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer printing process on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

＜A-20〉above-mentioned＜A-19 described image forming method, wherein charged operation use makes electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body in the noncontact mode and implements.

＜A-21〉above-mentioned＜A-19 described image forming method, wherein charged operation is used and is supported with electrostatic latent image that body contacts and charged Charging system is implemented.

＜A-22〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-21 in each described image forming method, wherein use following developer to support body in the developing procedure: have and be fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and the surperficial two-component developing agent that is made of magnetic carrier and toner that supported also can rotate.

＜A-23〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-21 in each described image forming method, wherein use the developer of supplying toner to support body in the developing procedure and support the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer.

＜A-24〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-23 in each described image forming method, wherein transfer printing process is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer printing process on the recording medium.

＜A-25〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-24 in each described image forming method, this method comprises that arranging a plurality of electrostatic latent images that contain at least supports the image formative elements that body, electrostatic latent image form device, developing apparatus and transfer device, wherein,

＜A-26〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-23 in each described image forming method, wherein use primary transfer to be formed on that electrostatic latent image supports the intermediate transfer body of the visual image on the body in the transfer printing process and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium.

＜A-27〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-26 in each described image forming method, wherein contain cleaning process, and use in this cleaning process and support the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image.

＜A-28〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-27 in each described image forming method, wherein developing procedure uses and to support the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and reclaims this electrostatic latent image when above-mentioned electrostatic latent image supports latent electrostatic image developing on the body and support toner residual on the body will being formed on.

＜A-29〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-28 in each described image forming method, wherein photographic fixing operation is used at least a in roller and the band, and never the one side that contacts with toner heats, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

＜A-30〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-28 in each described image forming method, wherein photographic fixing operation is used at least a in roller and the band, and heat from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

＜A-31〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-30 in each described image forming method, wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

＜A-32〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-31 in each described image forming method, wherein the content of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

＜A-33〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-32 in each described image forming method, wherein (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin carries out modification with (methyl) acrylic acid to resin and obtains.

＜A-34〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-33 in each described image forming method, it satisfies one of following situation at least: alcohol and carboxylic acid composition that wherein pure composition contains more than 3 yuan are contained the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

＜A-35〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-34 in each described image forming method, wherein in the vibrin, molecular weight is that the content of the low molecular weight compositions below 500 is below 12%.

＜A-36〉above-mentioned＜A-19 to＜A-35 in each described image forming method, wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

＜A-37〉handle box, it has electrostatic latent image at least and supports body and use toner to make this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and this handle box can be dismantled in the image processing system main body, wherein,

＜A-38〉above-mentioned＜A-37 described handle box, wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

＜A-39〉above-mentioned＜A-37 to＜A-38 in each described handle box, wherein the content of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

＜A-40〉above-mentioned＜A-37 to＜A-39 in each described handle box, wherein (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin carries out modification with (methyl) acrylic acid to resin and obtains.

＜A-41〉above-mentioned＜A-37 to＜A-40 in each described handle box, wherein pure composition is the alcohol that contains more than 3 yuan, and the carboxylic acid composition is contained at least a in the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

＜A-42〉above-mentioned＜A-37 to＜A-41 in each described handle box, wherein molecular weight is that the content of the low molecular weight compositions below 500 is below 12% in the vibrin.

＜A-43〉above-mentioned＜A-37 to＜A-42 in each described handle box, wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

As solution to the problems described above, the present invention 2 thes contents are as follows.That is,

(B-1) image processing system, this device have at least electrostatic latent image support body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure device, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, the fixing device that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer device on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

Above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin by pure composition.

(B-2) above-mentioned (B-1) described image processing system, wherein Charging system is to make electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body by the noncontact mode.

(B-3) above-mentioned (B-1) described image processing system, wherein Charging system is to support body with electrostatic latent image to contact and charged Charging system.

(B-4) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-3), wherein developing apparatus has and is fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and has the surface and supported the two-component developing agent and the revolvable developer that are made of magnetic carrier and toner and support body.

(B-5) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-3), wherein the developer of developing apparatus with supplying toner supports body and supports the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer.

(B-6) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-5), wherein transfer device is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer device on the recording medium.

(B-7) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-6), this device a plurality ofly contains the image formative element that electrostatic latent image supports body, Charging system, developing apparatus and transfer device respectively at least and constitutes by arranging, wherein,

(B-8) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-5), wherein transfer device has that the primary transfer electrostatic latent image supports the intermediate transfer body of the visual image that forms on the body and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium.

(B-9) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-8), it has cleaning device, and this cleaning device has with electrostatic latent image and supports the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts.

(B-10) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-8), wherein developing apparatus has and supports the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and reclaims this electrostatic latent image support toner residual on the body when above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body.

(B-11) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-10), wherein fixing device have roller and the band at least a, and never the one side that contacts with toner heats, and the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

(B-12) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-10), wherein fixing device have roller and the band at least a, and heat from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

(B-13) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-12), wherein the content of fumaric acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

(B-14) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-13), wherein the fumaric acid modified rosin carries out modification with fumaric acid to resin and obtains.

(B-15) each described image processing system in above-mentioned (B-1) to (B-14), wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

(B-16) image forming method, this method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure process, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, the photographic fixing operation that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer printing process on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

(B-17) image forming method described in above-mentioned (B-16), wherein charged operation use makes electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body by the noncontact mode and implements.

(B-18) image forming method described in above-mentioned (B-16), wherein charged operation use and support with electrostatic latent image that body contacts and charged Charging system is implemented.

(B-19) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-18), wherein use in the developing procedure to have and be fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and the surperficial two-component developing agent and the revolvable developer that are made of magnetic carrier and toner of having supported supports body.

(B-20) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-18) wherein uses the developer of supplying toner to support body and supports the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer in the developing procedure.

(B-21) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-20), wherein transfer printing process is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer printing process on the recording medium.

(B-22) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-21), this method comprise arranges a plurality of image formative elements that electrostatic latent image supports body, Charging system, developing apparatus and transfer device that contain at least, wherein,

(B-23) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-20) wherein uses the primary transfer electrostatic latent image to support the intermediate transfer body of the visual image that forms on the body and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium in the transfer printing process.

(B-24) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-23) wherein contains cleaning process, and use supports the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image in this cleaning process.

(B-25) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-23), wherein use in the developing procedure to support the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and when above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body, reclaim this electrostatic latent image and support toner residual on the body.

(B-26) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-25), use at least a in roller and the band in the wherein photographic fixing operation, and never the one side that contacts with toner heats, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

(B-27) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-25), use at least a in roller and the band in the wherein photographic fixing operation, and heat from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

(B-28) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-27), wherein the content of fumaric acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

(B-29) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-28), wherein the fumaric acid modified rosin carries out modification with fumaric acid to resin and obtains.

(B-30) each described image forming method in above-mentioned (B-16) to (B-29), wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

(B-31) handle box, it has at least that electrostatic latent image supports body and makes this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body with toner and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and this handle box can be dismantled in the image processing system main body, wherein,

(B-32) above-mentioned (B-31) described handle box, wherein the content of fumaric acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

(B-33) each described handle box in above-mentioned (B-31) to (B-32), wherein the fumaric acid modified rosin carries out modification with fumaric acid to resin and obtains.

(B-34) each described handle box in above-mentioned (B-31) to (B-33), wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

As solution to the problems described above, the present invention 3 thes contents are as follows.That is,

[C-1] image processing system, this device have at least electrostatic latent image support body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure device, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, the fixing device that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer device on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

Above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.

Image processing system described in [C-2] above-mentioned [C-1], wherein Charging system is to make electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body by the noncontact mode.

Image processing system described in [C-3] above-mentioned [C-1], wherein Charging system is to support body with electrostatic latent image to contact and charged Charging system.

[C-4] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-3], wherein developing apparatus has and is fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and has the surface and supported the two-component developing agent and the revolvable developer that are made of magnetic carrier and toner and support body.

[C-5] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-3], wherein the developer of developing apparatus with supplying toner supports body and supports the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer.

[C-6] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-5], wherein transfer device is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer device on the recording medium.

[C-7] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-5], this device a plurality ofly contains the image formative element that electrostatic latent image supports body, Charging system, developing apparatus and transfer device respectively at least and constitutes by arranging, wherein,

[C-8] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-5], wherein transfer device has that the primary transfer electrostatic latent image supports the intermediate transfer body of the visual image that forms on the body and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium.

[C-9] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-8], it has cleaning device, and this cleaning device has with electrostatic latent image and supports the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts.

[C-10] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-8], wherein developing apparatus has and supports the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and reclaims this electrostatic latent image support toner residual on the body when above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body.

[C-11] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-10], wherein fixing device have roller and the band at least a, and never the one side that contacts with toner heats, and the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

[C-12] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-10], wherein fixing device have roller and the band at least a, and heat from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

[C-13] above-mentioned [C-1] be to the image processing system described in [C-12], and wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

[C-14] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-13], the content of wherein rich horse modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

[C-15] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-14], wherein the fumaric acid modified rosin carries out modification with fumaric acid to resin and obtains.

[C-16] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-15], wherein pure composition are to contain alcohol more than 3 yuan and carboxylic acid composition to contain at least a in the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

[C-17] above-mentioned [C-1] each described image processing system in [C-16], wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

[C-18] image forming method, this method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure process, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, the photographic fixing operation that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer printing process on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

Image forming method described in [C-19] above-mentioned [C-18], wherein charged operation use makes electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body by the noncontact mode and implements.

Image forming method described in [C-20] above-mentioned [C-18], wherein charged operation use and support with electrostatic latent image that body contacts and charged Charging system is implemented.

[C-21] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-20], wherein use in the developing procedure to have and be fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and the surperficial two-component developing agent and the revolvable developer that are made of magnetic carrier and toner of having supported supports body.

[C-22] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-20] wherein uses the developer of supplying toner to support body and supports the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer in the developing procedure.

[C-23] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-22], wherein transfer printing process is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer printing process on the recording medium.

[C-24] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-23], this method comprise that arranging a plurality of electrostatic latent images that contain at least supports the image formative elements that body, electrostatic latent image form device, developing apparatus and transfer device, wherein,

[C-25] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-22] wherein uses the primary transfer electrostatic latent image to support the intermediate transfer body of the visual image that forms on the body and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium in the transfer printing process.

[C-26] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-25] wherein contains cleaning process, and uses in this cleaning process and support the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image.

[C-27] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-25], wherein use in the developing procedure to support the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and when above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body, reclaim this electrostatic latent image and support toner residual on the body.

[C-28] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-27], use at least a in roller and the band in the wherein photographic fixing operation, and never the one side that contacts with toner heats, and the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

[C-29] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-27], use at least a in roller and the band in the wherein photographic fixing operation, and heat from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

[C-30] above-mentioned [C-18] be to the image processing system described in [C-27], and wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

[C-31] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image processing system in [C-30], the content of wherein rich horse modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

[C-32] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image processing system in [C-31], wherein the fumaric acid modified rosin carries out modification with fumaric acid to resin and obtains.

[C-33] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image processing system in [C-32], wherein pure composition are to contain alcohol more than 3 yuan and carboxylic acid composition to contain at least a in the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

[C-34] above-mentioned [C-18] each described image forming method in [C-33], wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

[C-35] handle box, it has at least that electrostatic latent image supports body and makes this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body with toner and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and this handle box can be dismantled in image processing system, wherein,

Image processing system described in [C-36] above-mentioned [C-35], wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

[C-37] above-mentioned [C-35] each described handle box in [C-36], wherein the content of fumaric acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

[C-38] above-mentioned [C-35] each described handle box in [C-37], wherein the fumaric acid modified rosin carries out modification with fumaric acid to resin and obtains.

[C-39] above-mentioned [C-35] each described handle box in [C-38], wherein pure composition are to contain alcohol more than 3 yuan and carboxylic acid composition to contain at least a in the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

[C-40] above-mentioned [C-35] each described handle box in [C-39], wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

The present invention 1 image processing system has electrostatic latent image at least and supports body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and the exposure device of formation electrostatic latent image, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, above-mentioned visual image is transferred to transfer device on the recording medium, fixing device with the transferred image photographic fixing that makes transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.In image processing system of the present invention, it is charged equably that above-mentioned Charging system makes above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.Above-mentioned exposure device makes above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and forms electrostatic latent image.The above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing that above-mentioned developing apparatus utilizes toner that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported to form on the body, thus visual image formed.Above-mentioned transfer device is transferred to this visual image on the recording medium.Above-mentioned fixing device makes the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium.At this moment, contain by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contain vibrin that carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 1 image forming method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and the exposure process of formation electrostatic latent image, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, above-mentioned visual image is transferred to transfer printing process on the recording medium, with the photographic fixing operation of the transferred image photographic fixing that makes transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.In the above-mentioned charged operation of image forming method of the present invention, it is charged equably to make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.In above-mentioned exposure process, make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and formation electrostatic latent image.In above-mentioned developing procedure, the above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing that utilizes toner that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported to form on the body, thus form visual image.In above-mentioned transfer printing process, this visual image is transferred on the recording medium.In above-mentioned photographic fixing operation, make the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium.At this moment, contain by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contain vibrin that carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 1 handle box has at least that electrostatic latent image supports body and makes this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body with toner and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and can in image processing system, load and unload, above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.In processing boxlike of the present invention, contain by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contain vibrin that carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 2 image processing system has electrostatic latent image at least and supports body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and the exposure device of formation electrostatic latent image, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, above-mentioned visual image is transferred to transfer device on the recording medium, fixing device with the transferred image photographic fixing that makes transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed by carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of pure composition and fumaric acid modified rosin.In image processing system of the present invention, it is charged equably that above-mentioned Charging system makes above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.Above-mentioned exposure device makes above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and forms electrostatic latent image.The above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing that above-mentioned developing apparatus utilizes toner that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported to form on the body, thus visual image formed.Above-mentioned transfer device is transferred to this visual image on the recording medium.Above-mentioned fixing device makes the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium.At this moment, contain vibrin that the carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation by pure composition and fumaric acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, also not change through the long-term tone that uses, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 2 image forming method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure process, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer printing process on the recording medium and makes the photographic fixing operation of the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed by carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of pure composition and fumaric acid modified rosin.In the above-mentioned charged operation of image forming method of the present invention, it is charged equably to make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.In above-mentioned exposure process, make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and formation electrostatic latent image.In above-mentioned developing procedure, the above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing that utilizes toner that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported to form on the body forms visual image.In above-mentioned transfer printing process, this visual image is transferred on the recording medium.In above-mentioned photographic fixing operation, make the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium.At this moment, contain vibrin that the carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation by pure composition and fumaric acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, also not change through the long-term tone that uses, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 2 handle box has at least that electrostatic latent image supports body and makes this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body with toner and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and can in image processing system, load and unload, above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed by carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of pure composition and fumaric acid modified rosin.In processing boxlike of the present invention, contain the vibrin that the carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation by pure composition and fumaric acid modified rosin forms owing to using, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, also not change through the long-term tone that uses, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 3 image processing system has electrostatic latent image at least and supports body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and the exposure device of formation electrostatic latent image, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, above-mentioned visual image is transferred to transfer device on the recording medium, fixing device with the transferred image photographic fixing that makes transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.In image processing system of the present invention, it is charged equably that above-mentioned Charging system makes above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.Above-mentioned exposure device makes above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and forms electrostatic latent image.The above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing that above-mentioned developing apparatus utilizes toner that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported to form on the body, thus visual image formed.Above-mentioned transfer device is transferred to this visual image on the recording medium.Above-mentioned fixing device makes the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium.At this moment, contain by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contain vibrin that carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 3 image forming method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support the surface exposure and the exposure process of formation electrostatic latent image, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, above-mentioned visual image is transferred to transfer printing process on the recording medium, with the photographic fixing operation of the transferred image photographic fixing that makes transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.In the above-mentioned charged operation of image forming method of the present invention, it is charged equably to make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.In above-mentioned exposure process, make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and formation electrostatic latent image.In above-mentioned developing procedure, the above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing that utilizes toner that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported to form on the body, thus form visual image.In above-mentioned transfer printing process, this visual image is transferred on the recording medium.In above-mentioned photographic fixing operation, make the transferred image photographic fixing that is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium.At this moment, contain by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contain vibrin that carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

The present invention 3 handle box has at least that electrostatic latent image supports body and makes this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body with toner and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and can in image processing system, load and unload, above-mentioned toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, and above-mentioned binder resin contains the vibrin that is formed with containing carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol.In processing boxlike of the present invention, contain by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contain vibrin that carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation of fumaric acid modified rosin forms binder resin owing to using as above-mentioned toner, therefore can obtain low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, by using this toner, can form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and the image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

According to the present invention, can solve the problem that in the past existed, use low-temperature fixing, heat-resisting print through and storage property excellence, and can reduce the toner that foul smell produces, can provide and to form the fixation performance excellence, do not change through the long-term tone that uses yet, and image processing system, image forming method and the handle box of image of the very high quality of abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination can not occur.

Description of drawings

[Fig. 1] Fig. 1 is the summary section that an example of charged roller in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Fig. 2] Fig. 2 illustrates the skeleton diagram that the charged roller of the way of contact in the image processing system of the present invention is applied to an example of image processing system.

[Fig. 3] Fig. 3 illustrates the skeleton diagram that the corona charging device of noncontact mode in the image processing system of the present invention is applied to an example of image processing system.

[Fig. 4] Fig. 4 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the charged roller of noncontact mode in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Fig. 5] Fig. 5 is the skeleton diagram that an example of monocomponent type developing apparatus in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Fig. 6] Fig. 6 is the skeleton diagram that an example of bi-component developing apparatus in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Fig. 7] Fig. 7 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the direct transfer printing mode of tandem type image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the indirect transfer printing mode of tandem type image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Fig. 9] Fig. 9 is the skeleton diagram that an example of the belt fixing device in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 10] Figure 10 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the fixing device of hot-rolling mode in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 11] Figure 11 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the fixing device of electromagnetic induction heating mode in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 12] Figure 12 is the skeleton diagram that another example of the fixing device of electromagnetic induction heating mode in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 13] Figure 13 is the skeleton diagram that an example of cleaning doctor in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 14] Figure 14 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the image processing system of no manner of cleaning up in the image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 15] Figure 15 is the skeleton diagram that an example of image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 16] Figure 16 is the skeleton diagram that another example of image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 17] Figure 17 is the skeleton diagram that an example of tandem type image processing system of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 18] Figure 18 is the enlarged drawing of each image formative element of Figure 17.

[Figure 19] Figure 19 is the skeleton diagram that an example of handle box of the present invention is shown.

[Figure 20] Figure 20 is the skeleton diagram that the image processing system A that uses among the embodiment is shown.

[Figure 21] Figure 21 is the skeleton diagram that the image processing system B that uses among the embodiment is shown.

Embodiment

(image processing system and image forming method)

Image processing system of the present invention has electrostatic latent image at least and supports body, Charging system, exposure device, developing apparatus, transfer device and fixing device, and has a cleaning device, and other device of as required and suitably selecting, for example neutralizer, recirculator, control device etc.Also have, sometimes Charging system, exposure device being combined is called electrostatic latent image formation device.

Image forming method of the present invention contains charged operation, exposure process, developing procedure, transfer printing process and photographic fixing operation at least, and comprise cleaning process, and other operation of as required and suitably selecting, for example remove electrician's preface, recycle operation, control operation etc.Also have, sometimes charged operation, exposure process being combined is called electrostatic latent image formation operation.

Image forming method of the present invention is preferably implemented by image processing system of the present invention, above-mentioned charged operation can be implemented by above-mentioned Charging system, above-mentioned exposure process can be implemented by above-mentioned exposure device, above-mentioned developing procedure can be implemented by above-mentioned developing apparatus, above-mentioned transfer printing process can be implemented by above-mentioned transfer device, above-mentioned photographic fixing operation can be implemented by above-mentioned fixing device, above-mentioned cleaning process can be implemented by above-mentioned cleaning device, and above-mentioned other operation can be implemented by above-mentioned other device.

＜electrostatic latent image supports body 〉

Support body as above-mentioned electrostatic latent image, its material, shape, structure, size have no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, as above-mentioned shape, for example can enumerate rotary drum shape, lamellar, endless belt-shaped etc.As said structure, can be single layer structure, also can be rhythmo structure, as above-mentioned size, can suitably select according to the size of above-mentioned image processing system or specification etc.As above-mentioned material, for example can enumerate inorganic photoreceptors such as amorphous silicon, selenium, CdS, ZnO; Polysilane, phthalein polymethine Organophotoreceptors (OPC) such as (Off ロ Port リメチ Application) etc.

Above-mentioned amorphous silicon photoreceptor body is for example stilt to be heated to 50～400 ℃, forms the photographic layer that is made of a-Si by one-tenth embrane methods such as vacuum vapour deposition, sputtering method, ion plating method, hot CVD method, optical cvd method, plasma CVD methods on this stilt.Wherein, preferred especially plasma CVD method specifically, preferably utilizes direct current, high frequency or microwave glow to remove electricity unstripped gas is decomposed, thereby form the method for the photographic layer that is made of a-Si on stilt.

Above-mentioned Organophotoreceptor (OPC) is because (1) light absorption wavelength zone is wide, optical characteristics such as absorbing amount is big, (2) high sensitivity, stable electrical characteristics such as charged characteristic, (3) range of choice of material is wide, (4) easy to manufacture, (5) low cost, reasons such as (6) avirulence have obtained widespread use usually.Layer structure as this Organophotoreceptor roughly is divided into single layer structure and rhythmo structure.

The photoreceptor of above-mentioned single layer structure is provided with stilt and the single-layer type photographic layer that is positioned on this stilt, in case of necessity, can also have protective seam, middle layer, other layer.

The photoreceptor of above-mentioned rhythmo structure is provided with stilt and has the lamination-type photographic layer of charge generation layer and charge transport layer at least successively on this stilt, also can have protective seam, middle layer, other layer in case of necessity.

＜charged operation and Charging system 〉

Above-mentioned charged operation is to make electrostatic latent image support the charged operation in surface, utilizes above-mentioned Charging system to implement.

As above-mentioned Charging system, have no particular limits, as long as can support the surface at above-mentioned electrostatic latent image applies voltage and makes it same charged, can suitably select according to purpose, but be divided into roughly that (1) and electrostatic latent image support that body contacts and the Charging system that makes it the charged way of contact, make it charged contactless Charging system not support the mode that body contacts with electrostatic latent image with (2).

The Charging system of-the way of contact-

As the Charging system of the way of contact of above-mentioned (1), for example can enumerate the charged roller, magnetic brush, hairbrush, film, rubber tapping knife of conduction or semiconduction etc.Wherein, above-mentioned charged roller and corona remove electricity and compare and can reduce the ozone generating amount significantly, support excellent in stability in the use repeatedly of body at electrostatic latent image, can prevent the image quality variation effectively.

Above-mentioned magnetic brush for example is made of the non magnetic conducting sleeve of various ferrite particles such as support Zn-Cu ferrite and the magnetic roller that is encapsulated in this sleeve.Said brush be will carry out through for example carbon black, copper sulfide, metal or metal oxide etc. the fur of conductive processing twine, be attached on the mandrel of metal or conductive processing and form.

Here, Fig. 1 is the sectional view that shows an example of charged roller.This charged roller 310 has mandrel 311, the resistance adjustment layer 312 that forms as cylindrical electric conductivity stilt and covers the surface of this resistance adjustment layer 312 and the protective seam 313 that prevents to leak electricity on these mandrel 311 outer peripheral faces.

Above-mentioned resistance adjustment layer 312 can form in the following manner, that is, and and with the thermoplastic resin composition extrusion molding or the injection moulding on the periphery of mandrel 311 that contain thermoplastic resin and polymer electrolyte ionic conductive agent at least.

The value of the specific insulation of above-mentioned resistance adjustment layer 312 is preferably 10 ⁶～10 ⁹Ω cm.If the value of above-mentioned specific insulation surpasses 10 ⁹Ω cm, then the carried charge deficiency can not obtain to be used to make photoconductor drum to form the enough charged current potential of the image of having avoided non-uniform phenomenon, if the value less than 10 of specific insulation sometimes ⁶Ω cm then may occur the whole electric leakage of photoconductor drum.

As the thermoplastic resin that uses in the above-mentioned resistance adjustment layer 312, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate tygon (PE), polypropylene (PP), polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), polystyrene (PS) or its multipolymer (AS, ABS etc.) etc.

As above-mentioned polymer electrolyte ionic conductive agent, can use rated resistance is 10 ⁶～10 ¹⁰About Ω cm and be easy to reduce the material of resin resistance.As an one example, can enumerate the compound that contains the polyether ester amides composition.For the resistance value that makes above-mentioned resistance adjustment layer 312 reaches above-mentioned value, preferably its use level is 30～70 mass parts with respect to above-mentioned thermoplastic resin 100 mass parts.

In addition, as above-mentioned polymer electrolyte ionic conductive agent, can also use the macromolecular compound that contains quaternary ammonium salt group.Contain the macromolecular compound of quaternary ammonium salt group as this, for example can enumerate polyolefin that contains quaternary ammonium salt etc.For the resistance value that makes above-mentioned resistance adjustment layer 312 reaches above-mentioned value, preferably its use level is 10～40 mass parts with respect to above-mentioned thermoplastic resin 100 mass parts.

The dispersion of above-mentioned polymer electrolyte ionic conductive agent in thermoplastic resin can be undertaken by twin shaft mixing roll, kneader etc.Because above-mentioned polymer electrolyte ionic conductive agent is scattered among the thermoplastic resin composition with molecular level, therefore in above-mentioned resistance adjustment layer 312, can not produce the bad resistance value fluctuation that brings of conductive material dispersion in the resistance adjustment layer that is dispersed with conductive pigment.In addition,, therefore in the thermoplastic resin composition, carried out even dispersion and fixing, be not easy to produce and ooze out because above-mentioned macroion conductive agent is a macromolecular compound.

Above-mentioned protective seam 313 is to form in the resistance value mode bigger than the resistance value of resistance adjustment layer 312.Can avoid electric leakage thus to the photoconductor drum defect part.But if the resistance value of protective seam 313 is too high, then charged efficient reduces, so the difference of the resistance value of the resistance value of protective seam 313 and resistance adjustment layer 312 is preferably 10 ³Below the Ω cm.

As the material of above-mentioned protective seam 313, from the good aspect of film forming, preferred resin material.As above-mentioned resin material, for example the non-adhesive excellence of fluororesin, polyamide, vibrin, polyvinyl acetal resin etc. is preferred from preventing toner adhesion aspect.In addition, above-mentioned resin material has electrical insulating property usually, if therefore form protective seam 313 with simple resin material, then can not satisfy the characteristic of charged roller.By above-mentioned resin material is disperseed various conductive agents, regulate the resistance value of protective seam 313.Also have, in order to improve the cohesiveness of protective seam 303 and resistance adjustment layer 302, also can be in above-mentioned resin material dispersed isocyanate isoreactivity hardening agent.

Above-mentioned charged roller 310 is connected with power supply, applies assigned voltage.This voltage can only be direct current (DC) voltage, but the voltage of interchange (AC) voltage that preferably on dc voltage, superposeed.By applying AC voltage in this wise, can make the photoconductor drum surface charged more equably.

Here, Fig. 2 shows the skeleton diagram that the charged roller 310 of the way of contact shown in Figure 1 is applied to an example of image processing system as Charging system.In Fig. 2, support as electrostatic latent image around the photoreceptor 321 of body, be equipped with successively to be used to make the charged Charging system of this photoconductor drum 310, be used to make charged treated side to form the exposure device 323 of electrostatic latent image, by making the developing apparatus 324 that forms visual image on the electrostatic latent image of toner attached to the photoconductor drum surface, the visual image that forms on the photoconductor drum is transferred to transfer device 325 on the recording medium 326, make the fixing device 327 of the transferred image photographic fixing on the recording medium, the cleaning device 330 that is used to remove toner residual on the photoconductor drum and reclaims, be used to remove the neutralizer 331 of the residual electric potential on the photoconductor drum.

As above-mentioned Charging system 310, be provided with the charged roller 310 of the way of contact shown in Figure 1, make photoconductor drum 321 surfaces charged equally by this charged roller 310.

The Charging system of-noncontact mode-

As the non-contacting Charging system of above-mentioned (2), for example can enumerate the charged device of noncontact or the needle electrode device, solid that utilize corona to remove electricity and remove electric device; Support that body keeps minim gap and the electric conductivity that is provided with or semiconduction charged roller etc. with electrostatic latent image.

It is to give the charged mode of noncontact that supports the surface to electrostatic latent image with the plus or minus ion that removes the electricity generation by airborne corona that above-mentioned corona removes electricity, have to possess corona tube (coroton) the charged device that gives electrostatic latent image and support the characteristic of the certain quantity of electric charge of body and possess and give unexpectedly electric (Scoroton) charged device of characteristic corona that electrostatic latent image supports the body certain potentials.

The charged device of above-mentioned corona tube is by constituting except that the electrical lead that removes that occupies the shell electrode of semispace and the heart position that is placed in one substantially around the electrical lead.

Above-mentioned corona is finished electric charged device and is formed after appending gate electrode on the charged device of above-mentioned corona tube, and gate electrode is set at the position that supports surface 1.0～2.0mm apart from electrostatic latent image.

Here, Fig. 3 shows the skeleton diagram that the corona charging device of noncontact mode is applied to an example of image processing system as Charging system.In addition, in Fig. 3, the part identical with Fig. 2 used identical symbolic representation.

The corona charging device 311 that the noncontact mode is set makes photoconductor drum 321 surfaces charged equally as above-mentioned Charging system by corona charging device 311.

As supporting that body keeps minim gap and the charged roller that is provided with, above-mentioned electrified body is improved form according to supporting mode that body keeps minim gap with above-mentioned electrostatic latent image with electrostatic latent image.Above-mentioned minim gap is preferably 10～200 μ m, more preferably 10～100 μ m.

Here, Fig. 4 is the skeleton diagram that shows an example of noncontact charged roller.In this Fig. 4, charged roller 310 keeps minim gap H with photoconductor drum 321 and disposes.This minim gap H can set in the following manner, that is, the non-image formation zone winding at charged roller 310 both ends has certain thickness spacer parts, and the surface of spacer parts is contacted with the surface of photoconductor drum 321.In addition, 304 among Fig. 4 is power supply.

In Fig. 4,, be to twine film 302 at the both ends of charged roller 310 to form the spacer parts as the method that keeps minim gap H.This spacer 302 contacts with the light-sensitive surface that electrostatic latent image supports body, and the image-region that makes charged roller and electrostatic latent image support body forms certain minim gap H.In addition, as applying bias voltage, be to apply AC superimposed type voltage, support the electricity that removes that the minim gap H of body produces by charged roller and electrostatic latent image, it is charged to make electrostatic latent image support body.In addition, as shown in Figure 4, utilize the axle 311 of 303 pairs of charged roller of spring to pressurize, thereby improve the precision of keeping of minim gap H.

Also have, above-mentioned spacer parts can be shaped to one with charged roller.At this moment, gap portion makes its surface be insulator at least.Thus, do not exist at gap portion and to remove electricity, can prevent to remove electric product, should remove electric product and have adhesiveness and make toner be fixed on the position, gap, thereby enlarge the gap because gap portion is piled up.

In addition, as above-mentioned spacer parts, can also use heat-shrinkable tube.As this heat-shrinkable tube, for example can be set forth in 105 ℃ of SUMI pipes that use down (trade name: F105 ℃, Sumitomo Chemical Co makes) etc.

＜exposure process and exposure device 〉

Above-mentioned exposure for example can expose into image and carries out by adopting above-mentioned exposure device to make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support the surface.

Optical system in the above-mentioned exposure roughly is divided into simulated optical system and digit optical system.Above-mentioned simulated optical system utilizes optical system that original copy is directly projected to electrostatic latent image to support optical system on the body, above-mentioned digit optical system provides image information as electric signal, and change it into light signal and make electrostatic latent image support the body exposure, thereby the optical system of imaging.

As above-mentioned exposure device, have no particular limits, as long as can expose to the image that will form on the surface supporting by the charged above-mentioned electrostatic latent image of above-mentioned Charging system, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate various exposers such as duplicating optical system, rod type lens array system (rod-lens-eyesystems), laser optical system, liquid crystal optical shutter system, LED optical system.

In addition, in the present invention, can also adopt the light back side mode that supports the rear side exposure formation image of body from above-mentioned electrostatic latent image.

＜developing procedure and developing apparatus 〉

Above-mentioned developing procedure is to use toner or developer to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and forms the operation of visual image.

The formation of above-mentioned visual image for example can be carried out above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing by using toner or developer, and can utilize above-mentioned developing apparatus to carry out.

There is no particular limitation for above-mentioned developing apparatus, as long as for example can use toner or developer to develop, can from known developing apparatus, suitably select, for example can preferably enumerate to possess at least and take in above-mentioned toner or developer, and may this toner or developer be imparted to the device of the developing apparatus of above-mentioned electrostatic latent image by contact or noncontact mode.

[toner]

The present invention 1 toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, preferably contains release agent, charged controlling agent, external additive, also can contain other composition in case of necessity.

-binder resin-

Above-mentioned binder resin contains by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and contains the carboxylic acid composition of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin, preferably carries out polycondensation in the presence of esterification catalyst and the vibrin that forms, also can contain other composition in case of necessity.

In the present invention,, can under extremely low temperature, carry out photographic fixing, improve storage by using (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin as above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.

As the maleic acid modified rosin that maleic acid carries out modification that passes through of the modified rosin that uses all the time, it has three functional groups, therefore plays the crosslinking chemical effect.Use the carboxylic acid composition of containing a large amount of maleic acid modified rosins in order to improve fixation performance and the vibrin that forms,, therefore be difficult to have both simultaneously low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property owing to contain a large amount of low molecular weight compositions and high molecular weight components.On the contrary, if reduce the amount of maleic acid modified rosin, the then low-temperature fixing decline of the vibrin that is obtained.

In contrast, above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin that uses among the present invention is the rosin with two functional groups, therefore can prolong strand as a polyester backbone part, improve molecular weight, on the other hand, the low molecular weight compositions of molecular weight below 500, promptly residual monomer composition and oligomer composition are lowered.And, the aliphatic polyol molecule compactness of using among the present invention, reactive high, even adopt big, reactive low (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin of molecular volume, also can obtain the big vibrin of number-average molecular weight.Promptly, by making pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and the carboxylic acid composition of containing (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin carry out polycondensation, can reduce low molecular weight compositions, and can obtain the big vibrin of number-average molecular weight, therefore can infer the surprising effect that can reach opposite rerum naturas such as guaranteeing low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property simultaneously.

---carboxylic acid composition---

As above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition, contain (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin.Above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin is by (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin, for example can obtain in the following manner, that is, making with colophonic acid, neoabietic acid, palastrin acid (parastoline acid), pimaric acid, isodextropimaric acid, sandaracopimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid and levopimaric acid is that rosin and (methyl) acrylic acid of major component carries out addition reaction.Specifically, can obtain by making the levopimaric acid, colophonic acid, neoabietic acid and the palastrin acid acid that have conjugated double bond in the rosin major component under heating, carry out Di Ersi-Alder (Diels-Alder) reaction with (methyl) acrylic acid.

In addition; in this manual; " (methyl) acryloyl group " is meant acryloyl group or methacryl, and therefore " (methyl) acrylic acid " is meant acrylic or methacrylic acid, and " (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin " is meant acrylic acid modified rosin or methacrylic acid modified rosin.As (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin among the present invention, the reactivity from Di Ersi-Alder (Diels-Alder) reaction is preferably with the sterically hindered little acrylic acid modified and acrylic acid modified rosin of acquisition.

From improving the molecular weight of vibrin, reduce the viewpoint of low-molecular-weight oligomer composition, the modification degree ((methyl) acrylic acid modified degree) of rosin is preferably 5～105, more preferably 20～105 as (methyl) acrylic acid, more preferably 40～105, be preferably 60～105 especially.

Here, above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified degree can calculate by following mathematical expression (1A).

[mathematical expression 1 A]

In above-mentioned mathematical expression (1A), X ₁The SP value of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin of modification degree is calculated in expression.X ₂Expression makes 1 mole of (methyl) acrylic acid and 1 mole of rosin react the saturated SP value that obtains (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin.Y represents the SP value of rosin.

Above-mentioned SP value is meant the softening point of measuring with the automatic softening point test instrument of global formula by the mode shown in the embodiment described later.In addition, saturated SP value is the SP value when instigating the reaction of (methyl) acrylic acid and rosin to proceed to SP value value of reaching capacity of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin that is obtained.Molecule (the X of above-mentioned mathematical expression (1) ₁-Y) being meant the raising degree of the SP of the rosin that usefulness (methyl) is acrylic acid modified, the value of (methyl) acrylic acid modified degree of above-mentioned mathematical expression (1A) expression is big more, and expression modification degree is high more.

The manufacture method of above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin has no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example rosin can be mixed with (methyl) acrylic acid, be heated to about 180～260 ℃, make the acid that contains in the rosin carry out addition by Diels-Alder reaction, thereby obtain (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin with (methyl) acrylic acid with conjugated double bond.(methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin that is obtained can directly use, and also can make with extra care through operations such as distillations again, uses then.

As the rosin that uses in above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin, so long as the natural rosin that obtains by conifer, isomerization rosin, dimerization rosin, newtrex, homogenizing rosin etc. is not with colophonic acid, neoabietic acid, palastrin acid, pimaric acid, isodextropimaric acid, sandaracopimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid and levopimaric acid are that the rosin of major component gets final product, can use known rosin with being not particularly limited, but from tone, the preferred toll oil rosin that obtains by the tall oil that forms as accessory substance in the process of making the natural rosin slurry, rosin by the rosin acquisition, the natural rosins such as wood rosin that obtain by the pine tree stake, from low-temperature fixing, more preferably toll oil rosin.

Because above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin obtains through Diels-Alder reaction under heating, reduced impurity as the foul smell cause, therefore foul smell is few, but from further reduction foul smell, raising storage property, preferably (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin is resin to be carried out modification and the material that obtains with (methyl) acrylic acid, more preferably uses (methyl) acrylic acid that refining appropriate your rosin is carried out modification and the material that obtains.

Above-mentioned resin is meant the rosin that has reduced impurity by refining step.By rosin is carried out this refining, removed impurity contained in the rosin.As major impurity, for example can enumerate 2-methylpropane, acetaldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butanone, 2 Methylpropionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, n-hexyl aldehyde, octane, caproic acid, benzaldehyde, 2-amyl furan, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexanon, 1-methyl-2-(1-Methylethyl) benzene, 3,5-dimethyl-2-cyclohexene, 4-(1-Methylethyl) benzaldehyde etc.In the present invention, can select these three kinds of impurity of caproic acid, valeric acid and benzaldehyde wherein, use they in GC with Headspace-MS method as volatile ingredient and detected peak intensity as the index of resin.In addition, the absolute magnitude of use volatile ingredient rather than impurity is as the reason of index, in the present invention, will use resin to use the vibrin in the past of rosin to have one of problem of foul smell as improving.

Specifically, above-mentioned resin is meant that the peak intensity of caproic acid is 0.8 * 10 under GC with Headspace-MS method condition determination at embodiment described later ⁷Below, the peak intensity of valeric acid is 0.4 * 10 ⁷Below, the peak intensity of benzaldehyde is 0.4 * 10 ⁷Following rosin.In addition, from storage property and foul smell, the peak intensity of preferred caproic acid is 0.6 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.5 * 10 ⁷Below.The peak intensity of preferred valeric acid is 0.3 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.2 * 10 ⁷Below.The peak intensity of preferred benzaldehyde is 0.3 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.2 * 10 ⁷Below.

And, from storage property and foul smell, except that above-mentioned three kinds of materials, preferably reduce n-hexyl aldehyde and 2-amyl furan.The peak intensity of preferred n-hexyl aldehyde is 1.7 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 1.6 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 1.5 * 10 ⁷Below.In addition, the peak intensity of preferred 2-amyl furan is 1.0 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.9 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.8 * 10 ⁷Below.

Process for purification as above-mentioned rosin is not particularly limited, and can adopt known method, can enumerate the method for utilizing distillation, recrystallization, extraction etc., and preferred utilization distillation is made with extra care.As above-mentioned distillating method, for example can adopt the method for putting down in writing in the Japanese kokai publication hei 7-286139 communique, can enumerate decompression distillation, molecular distillation, steam distillation etc., but preferably utilize decompression distillation to make with extra care.For example, usually can under the pressure below the 6.67kPa, 200～300 ℃ vapo(u)rizing temperature, implement distillation, with common simple distillation is representative, can use methods such as thin-film distillation, rectifying, for common distillation condition, with respect to the rosin that adds, the high molecular weight material of 2～10 quality % is removed as the pitch composition, simultaneously the head fraction of 2～10 quality % is removed.

The softening point of the rosin before the modification is preferably 50～100 ℃, and more preferably 60～90 ℃, more preferably 65～85 ℃.The softening point of above-mentioned rosin is meant and adopts the assay method shown in the embodiment described later, makes the disposable fusion of rosin, the softening point that natural cooling was measured in the time of 1 hour under the environment of 25 ℃ of temperature, relative humidity 50%.

The acid number of rosin is preferably 100～200mgKOH/g before the modification, more preferably 130～180mgKOH/g, more preferably 150～170mgKOH/g.

The acid number of above-mentioned rosin can be measured according to the method for putting down in writing among the JISK0070 for example.

From low-temperature fixing, the content of above-mentioned (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is preferably more than the 5 quality %, more preferably more than the 10 quality %.In addition, the viewpoint from storage property is preferably below the 85 quality %, more preferably below the 65 quality %, more preferably below the 50 quality %.From these aspects, the content of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is preferably 5～85 quality %, more preferably 5～65 quality %, more preferably 10～50 quality %.

As the carboxylic acid compound beyond (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin that contains among the above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, (methyl) acrylic acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, succinic acid, hexane diacid, decanedioic acid, azelaic acid, dodecyl succinic acid, positive dodecene base succinic acid; Aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, m-phthalic acid, terephthalic acid (TPA); Ester ring type dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid; The polybasic carboxylic acid that ternary such as trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid is above; Or their acid anhydrides, alkyl (carbon number 1～3) ester etc.In this manual, the Arrcostab with above-mentioned acid, these sour acid anhydrides or acid is referred to as carboxylic acid compound.

The present invention 2 toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, preferably contains release agent, charged controlling agent, external additive, also can contain other composition in case of necessity.

-binder resin-

Above-mentioned binder resin contains by pure composition and the carboxylic acid composition of containing the fumaric acid modified rosin and preferably carries out polycondensation in the presence of esterification catalyst and the vibrin that forms, also can contain other composition in case of necessity.

In the present invention 2, by using the fumaric acid modified rosin, can under extremely low temperature, carry out photographic fixing, and improve storage property as above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.

As use a large amount of maleic acid modified rosins in order to improve fixation performance all the time as the formed vibrin of carboxylic acid composition, it contains in a large number to the effective high molecular weight components of permanance, but also contain the low molecular weight compositions that permanance is worsened in a large number, so permanance deficiency.On the contrary, if reduce the amount of maleic acid modified rosin, then there is the problem of the low-temperature fixing decline of the vibrin that is obtained.

Relative therewith, the above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin that uses among the present invention 2 is compared with in the past rosin or maleic acid modified rosin, has high glass transition temperature (Tg), therefore low molecular weight compositions reduces, and can infer the unexpected surprising effect that can reach opposite rerum naturas such as guaranteeing low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property simultaneously.

---carboxylic acid composition---

Above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition is contained the fumaric acid modified rosin.Above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin is the rosin by the fumaric acid modification, for example can obtain in the following manner, that is, making with colophonic acid, neoabietic acid, palastrin acid, pimaric acid, isodextropimaric acid, sandaracopimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid and levopimaric acid is that the rosin and the fumaric acid of major component carries out addition reaction.Specifically, can obtain by making the levopimaric acid, colophonic acid, neoabietic acid and the palastrin acid that have conjugated double bond in the rosin major component under heating, carry out Di Ersi-Alder (Diels-Alder) reaction with fumaric acid.

Above-mentioned fumaric acid is to the modification degree (fumaric acid modification degree) of rosin, from improving the molecular weight of vibrin, improves glass transition temperature, is preferably 5～105, and more preferably 20～105, more preferably 40～105, be preferably 60～105 especially.

Here, above-mentioned fumaric acid modification degree can calculate by following mathematical expression (1B).

[mathematical expression 1B]

In above-mentioned mathematical expression (1B), X ₁The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of modification degree is calculated in expression.X ₂Expression reacts 1 mole of fumaric acid and 0.7 mole of rosin and the saturated SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains.Y represents the SP value of rosin.

Above-mentioned SP value is meant the softening point of measuring with the automatic softening point test instrument of global formula by the mode shown in the embodiment described later.Molecule (the X of above-mentioned mathematical expression (1B) ₁-Y) be meant that the value of the fumaric acid modification degree of above-mentioned mathematical expression (1B) expression is big more, represents that the modification degree is high more with the raising degree of the SP value of the rosin of fumaric acid modification.

From the viewpoint of the storage that improves the vibrin obtained, the glass transition temperature of above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin (Tg) is preferably 40～90 ℃, and more preferably 45～85 ℃, more preferably 50～80 ℃.

The glass transition temperature of above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin can be measured according to the method for putting down in writing among the embodiment described later for example.

The manufacture method of above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin has no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example the rosin fumaric acid can be mixed, be heated to about 180～260 ℃, make the acid with conjugated double bond and the fumaric acid that contain in the rosin carry out addition by Diels-Alder reaction, thereby obtain the fumaric acid modified rosin.

And, react efficiently from making rosin and fumaric acid, rosin and fumaric acid are reacted.As above-mentioned phenols, preferred dihydric phenol, have substituent phenoloid (below, be called hindered phenol) on the ortho position at least with respect to hydroxyl, wherein, preferred especially hindered phenol.

Above-mentioned dihydric phenol is the material that is combined with two OH bases on phenyl ring, and being meant does not have other substituent compound, wherein preferred p-dihydroxy-benzene.

As above-mentioned hindered phenol, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate single Butylated Hydroxytoluene, single tert-butyl group metacresol, tert-butyl catechol, 2, the 5-di-tert-butyl hydroquinone, 2,5-two tertiary pentyl p-dihydroxy-benzene, n-propyl gallate, 4,4 '-di-2-ethylhexylphosphine oxide (2, the 6-tert-butyl phenol), 4,4 '-isopropylidene two (2, the 6-DI-tert-butylphenol compounds), 4,4 '-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butyl phenol), butylated hydroxy anisole, 2, the 6-BHT, 2, the 6-DI-tert-butylphenol compounds, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-ethyl-phenol, 2,4, the 6-tri-butyl-phenol, octadecyl-3-(4-hydroxyl-3 ', 5 '-di-tert-butyl-phenyl) propionic ester, distearyl (the 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-5-tert-butyl group) benzyl malonic acid ester, 6-(4-hydroxyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl amido)-2,4-two hot sulfenyls-1,3, the 5-triazine, 2,6-diphenyl-4-octadecane oxygen base phenol, 2,2 '-di-2-ethylhexylphosphine oxide (4-methyl-6-tert butyl phenol), 2,2 '-methylene-bis(4-ethyl-6-t-butyl phenol), 2,2 '-isobutylene two (4, the 6-xylenol), 2,2 '-dihydroxy-3,3 '-two (Alpha-Methyl cyclohexyl)-5,5 '-dimethyl diphenylmethane, 2,2 '-methylene-bis(4-methyl-6-cyclohexyl phenol), three [β-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy ethyl] isocyanuric acid ester, 1,3,5-three (2,6-dimethyl-3-hydroxyl-4-tert-butyl group benzyl) isocyanuric acid ester, three (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl phenol) isocyanuric acid ester, 1,1,3 '-three (2-methyl-4-hydroxyl-5-tert-butyl-phenyl) butane, 2,6-two (2 '-hydroxyl-the 3 '-tert-butyl group-5 '-methyl-benzyl)-4-methylphenol, N, N '-hexylidene two (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl hydrogenated cinnamate), two [the β-(3 of hexanediol, 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionic ester], triethylene glycol two [β-(the 3-tert-butyl group-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionic ester], four [methylene-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionic ester] methane etc.Wherein, special preferred tertiary butyl-catechol.

With respect to the starting monomer of 100 mass parts fumaric acid modified rosins, the use amount of above-mentioned phenols is preferably 0.001～0.5 mass parts, more preferably 0.003～0.1 mass parts, more preferably 0.005～0.1 mass parts.

Above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin can directly use, and also can make with extra care through operations such as distillations again, uses then.

As the rosin that uses in the above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin, so long as the natural rosin that obtains by conifer, isomerization rosin, dimerization rosin, newtrex, homogenizing rosin etc. is not with colophonic acid, neoabietic acid, palastrin acid, pimaric acid, isodextropimaric acid, sandaracopimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid and levopimaric acid are that the rosin of major component gets final product, can use known rosin with being not particularly limited, but viewpoint from tone, the preferred toll oil rosin that obtains by the tall oil that forms as accessory substance in the operation of making the natural rosin slurry, rosin by the rosin acquisition, the natural rosins such as wood rosin that obtain by the pine tree stake, from the viewpoint of low-temperature fixing, more preferably toll oil rosin.

Because above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin obtains through Diels-Alder reaction under heating, reduced impurity as the foul smell cause, therefore foul smell is few, but viewpoint from further reduction foul smell, raising storage property, preferred fumaric acid modified rosin is resin to be carried out modification and the material that obtains with fumaric acid, is more preferably with fumaric acid refining appropriate your rosin to be carried out modification and the material that obtains.

Above-mentioned resin is meant the rosin that has reduced impurity by refining step.By rosin is carried out this refining, removed impurity contained in the rosin.As major impurity, for example can enumerate 2-methylpropane, acetaldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butanone, 2 Methylpropionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, n-hexyl aldehyde, octane, caproic acid, benzaldehyde, 2-amyl furan, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexanon, 1-methyl-2-(1-Methylethyl) benzene, 3,5-dimethyl-2-cyclohexene, 4-(1-Methylethyl) benzaldehyde etc.In the present invention, can select these three kinds of impurity of caproic acid, valeric acid and benzaldehyde wherein, use they in GC with Headspace-MS method as volatile ingredient and detected peak intensity as the index of resin.Also have, the absolute magnitude of use volatile ingredient rather than impurity is as the reason of index, in the present invention, will use resin to use the vibrin in the past of rosin to have one of problem of foul smell as improving.

Specifically, above-mentioned resin is meant that the peak intensity of caproic acid is 0.8 * 10 under GC with Headspace-MS method condition determination at embodiment described later ⁷Below, the peak intensity of valeric acid is 0.4 * 10 ⁷Below, the peak intensity of benzaldehyde is 0.4 * 10 ⁷Following rosin.In addition, from the viewpoint of storage property and foul smell, the peak intensity of preferred caproic acid is 0.6 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.5 * 10 ⁷Below.The peak intensity of preferred valeric acid is 0.3 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.2 * 10 ⁷Below.The peak intensity of preferred benzaldehyde is 0.3 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.2 * 10 ⁷Below.

And the viewpoint from storage property and foul smell except that above-mentioned three kinds of materials, preferably reduces n-hexyl aldehyde and 2-amyl furan.The peak intensity of preferred n-hexyl aldehyde is 1.7 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 1.6 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 1.5 * 10 ⁷Below.In addition, the peak intensity of preferred 2-amyl furan is 1.0 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.9 * 10 ⁷Below, more preferably 0.8 * 10 ⁷Below.

The softening point of rosin is preferably 50～100 ℃ before the modification, and more preferably 60～90 ℃, more preferably 65～85 ℃.The softening point of above-mentioned rosin is meant and adopts the assay method shown in the embodiment described later, makes the disposable fusion of rosin, the softening point that natural cooling was measured in the time of 1 hour under the environment of 25 ℃ of temperature, relative humidity 50%.

Consider the glass transition temperature with the rosin after the fumaric acid modification, the glass transition temperature of rosin is 10～50 ℃ before the preferred modification, more preferably 15～50 ℃.

From the viewpoint of low-temperature fixing, the content of above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is preferably more than the 5 quality %, more preferably more than the 8 quality %, more preferably more than the 10 quality %.In addition, the viewpoint from storage property is preferably below the 85 quality %, more preferably below the 70 quality %, more preferably below the 60 quality %, is preferably especially below the 50 quality %.From these viewpoints, the content of fumaric acid modified rosin in above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition is preferably 5～85 quality %, 5～70 quality % more preferably, and more preferably 8～60 quality % are preferably 10～50 quality % especially.

As the carboxylic acid compound beyond the fumaric acid modified rosin that contains among the above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, succinic acid, hexane diacid, decanedioic acid, azelaic acid, dodecyl succinic acid, positive dodecene base succinic acid; Aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, m-phthalic acid, terephthalic acid (TPA); Ester ring type dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid; The polybasic carboxylic acid that ternary such as trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid is above; Or their acid anhydrides, alkyl (carbon number 1～3) ester etc.In this manual, the Arrcostab with above-mentioned acid, these sour acid anhydrides or acid is referred to as carboxylic acid compound.

The present invention 3 toner contains binder resin and colorant at least, preferably contains release agent, charged controlling agent, external additive, also can contain other composition in case of necessity.

-binder resin-

Above-mentioned binder resin contains by pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and the carboxylic acid composition of containing the fumaric acid modified rosin and preferably carries out polycondensation in the presence of esterification catalyst and the vibrin that forms, also can contain other composition in case of necessity.

In the present invention 3,, can under extremely low temperature, carry out photographic fixing, and improve storage by using the fumaric acid modified rosin as above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.The maleic acid that passes through as the modified rosin that used in the past carries out the low maleic acid modified rosin of modification degree that modification forms and has three functional groups, therefore plays the crosslinking chemical effect.Therefore, use the formed vibrin of the carboxylic acid composition of containing a large amount of maleic acid modified rosins, contain a large amount of low molecular weight compositions and high molecular weight components, therefore be difficult to have both simultaneously low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property in order to improve fixation performance.Otherwise, if reduce the amount of maleic acid modified rosin, the then low-temperature fixing decline of the vibrin that is obtained.

Relative therewith, although the fumaric acid modified rosin that uses among the present invention 3 also is the rosin with three functional groups,, therefore reduced low molecular weight compositions owing to have high glass transition temperature (Tg).In addition, the aliphatic polyol molecule compactness of using among the present invention, reactive high, even adopt big, the reactive low fumaric acid modified rosin of molecular volume, also can obtain the big vibrin of number-average molecular weight.Promptly, by making pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol and the carboxylic acid composition of containing the fumaric acid modified rosin carry out polycondensation, can reduce low molecular weight compositions, and can obtain the big vibrin of number-average molecular weight, therefore can infer to reach and not damage comminutedly, guarantee the surprising effect of opposite rerum naturas such as low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property simultaneously.

---carboxylic acid composition---

Above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition is contained the fumaric acid modified rosin.Above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin is the rosin by the fumaric acid modification, for example can obtain in the following manner, that is, making with colophonic acid, neoabietic acid, palastrin acid, pimaric acid, isodextropimaric acid, sandaracopimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid and levopimaric acid is that the rosin and the fumaric acid of major component carries out addition reaction.Specifically, can obtain by making the levopimaric acid, colophonic acid, neoabietic acid and my the western thuja acid that have conjugated double bond in the rosin major component and fumaric acid under heating, carry out Di Ersi-Alder (Diels-Alder) reaction.

Above-mentioned fumaric acid from improving the molecular weight of vibrin, improves the viewpoint of glass transition temperature to the modification degree (fumaric acid modification degree) of rosin, be preferably 5～105, more preferably 20～105, more preferably 40～105, be preferably 60～105 especially.

Here, above-mentioned fumaric acid modification degree can calculate by following mathematical expression (1C).

[mathematical expression 1C]

In above-mentioned mathematical expression (1C), X ₁The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of modification degree is calculated in expression.X ₂Expression reacts 1 mole of fumaric acid and 0.7 mole of rosin and the saturated SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains.Y represents the SP value of rosin.

Above-mentioned SP value is meant the softening point of measuring with the automatic softening point test instrument of global formula by the mode shown in the embodiment described later.Molecule (the X of above-mentioned mathematical expression (1C) ₁-Y) be meant that the value of the fumaric acid modification degree of above-mentioned mathematical expression (1C) expression is big more, represents that the modification degree is high more with the raising degree of the SP value of the rosin of fumaric acid modification.

The glass transition temperature of above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin can be measured according to the method for putting down in writing among the embodiment described later.

The manufacture method of above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin has no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example the rosin fumaric acid can be mixed, be heated to about 180～260 ℃, make contained acid of rosin and fumaric acid carry out addition by Diels-Alder reaction, thereby obtain the fumaric acid modified rosin with conjugated double bond.

And, from the viewpoint that rosin and fumaric acid are efficiently reacted, rosin and fumaric acid are reacted.As above-mentioned phenols, preferred dihydric phenol, have substituent phenoloid (below, be called hindered phenol) on the ortho position at least with respect to hydroxyl, wherein, preferred especially hindered phenol.

Because above-mentioned fumaric acid modified rosin obtains by Diels-Alder reaction under heating, reduced impurity as the foul smell cause, therefore foul smell is few, but viewpoint from further reduction foul smell, raising storage property, preferred fumaric acid modified rosin is resin to be carried out modification and the material that obtains with fumaric acid, is more preferably with fumaric acid refining appropriate your rosin to be carried out modification and the material that obtains.

The acid number of above-mentioned rosin can be measured according to the method for putting down in writing among the JIS K0070 for example.

As the carboxylic acid compound beyond the fumaric acid modified rosin that contains among the above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, pyrocitric acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, succinic acid, hexane diacid, decanedioic acid, azelaic acid, dodecyl succinic acid, positive dodecene base succinic acid; Aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, m-phthalic acid, terephthalic acid (TPA); Ester ring type dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid; The polybasic carboxylic acid that ternary such as trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid is above; Or their acid anhydrides, alkyl (carbon number 1～3) ester etc.In this manual, the Arrcostab with above-mentioned acid, these sour acid anhydrides or acid is referred to as carboxylic acid compound.

---pure composition---

The present invention 1 or 3 pure composition comprise aliphatic polyol.As this aliphatic polyol, from reactive viewpoint of the carboxylic acid composition of containing (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin, preferred 2～6 yuan aliphatic polyol, more preferably 2～3 yuan aliphatic polyol.

It is 2～6 aliphatic polyol that preferred above-mentioned aliphatic polyol contains molecular structure compactness, reactive strong and carbon number.As carbon number is 2～6 aliphatic polyol, for example can enumerate ethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1, ammediol, 1,4-butylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,3-butylene glycol, pentaerythrite, trimethylolpropane, D-sorbite, glycerine etc.These alcohol can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

Wherein, preferred especially 1,2-propylene glycol, 1, ammediol, glycerine.

Above-mentioned carbon number is that 2～6 the content of aliphatic polyol in above-mentioned aliphatic polyol is preferably 60 moles more than the %, more preferably 80 moles more than the %, more preferably 90 moles more than the %, especially preferably is actually 100 moles of %.

As the alcohol outside the above-mentioned aliphatic polyol that contains in the above-mentioned pure composition, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate polyoxypropylene-2, two (4-hydroxy phenyl) propane of 2-, polyoxyethylene-2, the alkylene oxide adducts of epoxyalkane (carbon number is 2～3) addition product of bisphenol-As such as two (4-hydroxy phenyl) propane of 2-bisphenol-As such as (average addition molal quantitys 1～16), 1,4 cyclohexane dimethanol, hydrogenated bisphenol A or their epoxyalkane (carbon number is 2～4) addition product (average addition molal quantity 1～16) etc.

From with reactive viewpoint of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin, the content of above-mentioned aliphatic polyol in above-mentioned pure composition is preferably 50 moles more than the %, more preferably 60 moles more than the %, more preferably 85 moles more than the %, especially preferably be actually 100 moles of %.

From improving the viewpoint of anti-print through, in the scope of not damaging storage property, in above-mentioned vibrin, can also contain as any material at least in polyvalent alcohol more than the ternary of the above starting monomer of ternary and the polybasic carboxylic acid compound more than the ternary.Contain the above polyvalent alcohol of above-mentioned ternary in the preferred above-mentioned pure composition, contain the above polybasic carboxylic acid compound of above-mentioned ternary among the preferred above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.In addition, contain the above polyvalent alcohol of above-mentioned ternary in the preferred above-mentioned pure composition, and contain the above polybasic carboxylic acid compound of above-mentioned ternary among the above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.(methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin that uses among the present invention is the rosin with two functional groups, therefore can be at the starting monomer that uses under the situation of the low-temperature fixing that does not damage rosin more than the ternary, can when keeping low-temperature fixing, further improve anti-print through.From these viewpoints, with respect to 100 moles of above-mentioned pure compositions, the content of the polybasic carboxylic acid compound that above-mentioned ternary is above is preferably 0.001～40 mole, more preferably 0.1～25 mole.The above content of polyvalent alcohol in above-mentioned pure composition of above-mentioned ternary is preferably 0.001～40 mole of %, more preferably 0.1～25 mole of %.

As the polybasic carboxylic acid compound more than the above-mentioned ternary, preference such as trimellitic acid or derivatives thereof, as the polyvalent alcohol more than the above-mentioned ternary, for example can enumerate glycerine, pentaerythrite, trimethylolpropane, D-sorbite or their epoxyalkane (carbon number 2～4) addition product (average addition molal quantity 1～16) etc.Wherein, special preferably glycerine, trimellitic acid or derivatives thereof because they not only form branch part or play the crosslinking chemical effect, and can improve low-temperature fixing effectively.

Pure composition as the present invention 2, be not particularly limited, can from the vibrin polycondensation, suitably select in the normally used pure composition according to purpose,, preferably use the alkylene oxide adducts of the bisphenol-A of following structural formula (I) expression still from the viewpoint of charging property and permanance.

[Chemical formula 1]

Structural formula (I)

In said structure formula (I), RO represents epoxyalkane.R represents that carbon number is 2 or 3 alkylidene.X and y represent the positive number of the average addition molal quantity of epoxyalkane, and preferred x and y sum are 1～16, more preferably 1～8, more preferably 1.5～4.

Alkylene oxide adducts as the bisphenol-A of said structure formula (I) expression, for example can enumerate polyoxypropylene (2.2)-2, two (4-hydroxy phenyl) propane of 2-, polyoxyethylene (2.2)-2, epoxyalkane (carbon number 2～3) addition product of bisphenol-As such as two (4-hydroxy phenyl) propane of 2-(average addition molal quantity 1～16) etc.

The content of alkylene oxide adducts in pure composition of the bisphenol-A of said structure formula (I) expression is preferably 30 moles more than the %, more preferably 50 moles more than the %, more preferably 80 moles more than the %, especially preferably is essentially 100 moles of %.

As other pure composition, for example can enumerate ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, glycerine, pentaerythrite, trimethylolpropane, hydrogenated bisphenol A, D-sorbite or their epoxyalkane (carbon number 2～4) addition product (average addition molal quantity 1～16) etc.

In order to reduce residual monomer and to improve fixation performance, in the scope of not damaging storage property, can also contain in the above-mentioned vibrin as any material at least in polyvalent alcohol more than the ternary of the above starting monomer of ternary and the polybasic carboxylic acid composition more than the ternary.Contain the above polyvalent alcohol of above-mentioned ternary in the preferred above-mentioned pure composition, contain the above polybasic carboxylic acid compound of above-mentioned ternary among the preferred above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.In addition, contain the above polyvalent alcohol of above-mentioned ternary in the preferred above-mentioned pure composition, and contain the above polybasic carboxylic acid compound of above-mentioned ternary among the above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition.From the viewpoint of storage property and minimizing residual monomer, with respect to 100 moles of above-mentioned pure compositions, the content of the polybasic carboxylic acid compound that above-mentioned ternary is above is preferably 0.001～40 mole, more preferably 0.1～25 mole.The above content of polyvalent alcohol in above-mentioned alkoxide component of above-mentioned ternary is preferably 0.001～40 mole of %, more preferably 0.1～25 mole of %.

In the starting monomer more than above-mentioned ternary, as the polybasic carboxylic acid compound more than the above-mentioned ternary, preference such as trimellitic acid or derivatives thereof, as the polyvalent alcohol more than the above-mentioned ternary, for example can enumerate glycerine, pentaerythrite, trimethylolpropane, D-sorbite or their epoxyalkane (carbon number 2～4) addition product (average addition molal quantity 1～16).Wherein, special preferably glycerine, trimellitic acid or derivatives thereof because they not only form branch part or play the crosslinking chemical effect, and can improve low-temperature fixing effectively.

---esterification catalyst---

Above-mentioned pure composition and above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition's polycondensation is preferably carried out in the presence of esterification catalyst.As above-mentioned esterification catalyst, can enumerate titanium compound, not contain tin (II) compound of Sn-C key, these catalyzer can be distinguished separately and use, or both use simultaneously.

As above-mentioned titanium compound, preferably have the titanium compound of Ti-O key, more preferably have total carbon number and be the compound of 1～28 alkoxy, alkene oxygen base or acyloxy.

As above-mentioned titanium compound, for example can enumerate the two triethanolamine titanium [Ti (C of diisopropanol ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₂(C ₃H ₇O) ₂], the two diethanol ammonification titanium [Ti (C of diisopropanol ₄H ₁₀O ₂N) ₂(C ₃H ₇O) ₂], the two triethanolamine titanium [Ti (C of two amylalcohols ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₂(C ₅H ₁₁O) ₂], the two triethanolamine titanium [Ti (C of diethanol ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₂(C ₂H ₅O) ₂], the two triethanolamine titanium [Ti (C of dihydroxy octanol ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₂(OHC ₈H ₁₆O) ₂], the two triethanolamine titanium [Ti (C of distearyl alcohol ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₂(C ₁₈H ₃₇O) ₂], the two triethanolamine titanium [Ti (C of three isopropyl alcohols ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₁(C ₃H ₇O) ₃], single propyl alcohol three (triethanolamineization) titanium [Ti (C ₆H ₁₄O ₃N) ₃(C ₃H ₇O) ₁] etc.Wherein, the two triethanolamine titaniums of preferred especially diisopropanol, the two diethanol ammonification titaniums of diisopropanol, the two triethanolamine titaniums of two amylalcohols, the commercially available product that these materials also can be used as for example Matsumoto Trading Co., Ltd. manufacturing obtains.

As the object lesson of other preferred titanium compound, can enumerate tetra-n-butyl titanate esters [Ti (C ₄H ₉O) ₄], tetrapropyl titanate esters [Ti (C ₃H ₇O) ₄], four stearyl titanate esters [Ti (C ₁₈H ₃₇O) ₄], four myristyl titanate esters [Ti (C ₁₄H ₂₉O) ₄], four octyl group titanate esters [Ti (C ₈H ₁₇O) ₄], dioctyl dihydroxy octyl group titanate esters [Ti (C ₈H ₁₇O) ₂(OHC ₈H ₁₆O) ₂], myristyl dioctyl titanate esters [Ti (C ₁₄H ₂₉O) ₂(C ₈H ₁₇O) ₂] etc., wherein, preferred four stearyl titanate esters, four myristyl titanate esters, four octyl group titanate esters, dioctyl dihydroxy octyl group titanate esters, these materials can obtain with the reaction of corresponding alcohol by for example making halogenated titanium, and the commercially available product that also can be used as Nisso Co., Ltd. etc. obtains.

With respect to above-mentioned pure composition and above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition's total amount 100 mass parts, the amount of above-mentioned titanium compound is preferably 0.01～1.0 mass parts, more preferably 0.1～0.7 mass parts.

As above-mentioned tin (II) compound that does not have the Sn-C key, preferably have the Sn-O key tin (II) compound, have tin (II) compound of Sn-X (wherein, X represents halogen atom) key etc., more preferably have tin (II) compound of Sn-O key.

As above-mentioned tin (II) compound, for example can enumerate tin oxalate (II), two tin acetates (II), two tin octoates (II), two lauric acid tin (II), distearyl acid tin (II), two oleic acid tin (II) etc. and have the carboxylic acid tin (II) that carbon number is 2～28 hydroxy-acid group with Sn-O key; Two octyloxy tin (II), two bay oxygen base tin (II), distearyl oxygen base tin (II), two oily oxygen base tin (II) etc. have the dialkoxy tin (II) that carbon number is 2～28 alkoxy; Tin oxide (II), STANNOUS SULPHATE CRYSTALLINE (II) etc.

As above-mentioned compound with Sn-X (wherein, X represents halogen atom) key, for example can enumerate tin chloride (II), stannic bromide tin halides such as (II) (II) etc., wherein, consider preferred (R from charged raising effect and catalyzer ability aspect ¹COO) ₂Sn (wherein, R ¹The alkyl or alkenyl of expression carbon number 5～19) fatty acid tin (II), (R of expression ²O) ₂Sn (wherein, R ²The alkyl or alkenyl of expression carbon number 6～20) dialkoxy tin (II), the tin oxide (II) that SnO represents, the more preferably (R of expression ¹COO) ₂The fatty acid tin (II) that Sn represents, tin oxide (II), further preferred two tin octoates (II), distearyl acid tin (II), tin oxide (II).

With respect to above-mentioned pure composition and above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition's total amount 100 mass parts, the above-mentioned amount that does not have tin (II) compound of Sn-C key is preferably 0.01～1.0 mass parts, more preferably 0.1～0.7 mass parts.

When above-mentioned titanium compound and above-mentioned tin (II) compound that does not have the Sn-C key use simultaneously, total amount 100 mass parts with respect to above-mentioned pure composition and above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition, total amount of titanium compound and tin (II) compound is preferably 0.01～1.0 mass parts, more preferably 0.1～0.7 mass parts.

Above-mentioned pure composition and above-mentioned carboxylic acid composition can carry out under 180～250 ℃ temperature in inert gas atmosphere in the presence of for example above-mentioned esterification catalyst.

From the viewpoint of fixation performance, storage property and permanance, the softening point of above-mentioned vibrin is preferably 90～160 ℃, and more preferably 95～155 ℃, more preferably 100～150 ℃.

From fixation performance, storage property and permanance, the glass transition temperature of above-mentioned vibrin is preferably 45～75 ℃, and more preferably 50～75 ℃, more preferably 50～70 ℃.

From the viewpoint of charging property and environmental stability, the acid number of above-mentioned vibrin is preferably 1～80mgKOH/g, more preferably 5～60mgKOH/g, more preferably 5～50mgKOH/g.

From the viewpoint of charging property and environmental stability, the hydroxyl value of above-mentioned vibrin is preferably 1～80mgKOH/g, more preferably 8～50mgKOH/g, more preferably 8～40mgKOH/g.

In above-mentioned vibrin, viewpoint from low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property, by residual monomer composition and oligomer become the to grade content of the low molecular weight compositions of molecular weight below 500 that cause preferably is below 12% in vibrin, more preferably below 10%, more preferably below 9%, be preferably below 8% especially.The content of above-mentioned low molecular weight compositions can be by improving rosin the method for (methyl) acrylic acid modified degree reduce.

Above-mentioned vibrin can be substantially not damage the vibrin that the degree of its characteristic is carried out modification.As the vibrin of above-mentioned modification, for example be meant that opening flat 10-239903 communique, spy by Japanese kokai publication hei 11-133668 communique, spy opens the method for record in the flat 8-20636 communique etc. and adopt phenol, carbamate, epoxy etc. to carry out the vibrin of grafting or blockization.

In the present invention, by using above-mentioned vibrin as binding resin for toner, the toner of foul smell in the time of can obtaining low-temperature fixing, anti-print through and storage property excellence and reduce photographic fixing.

In above-mentioned toner, can also in the scope of not damaging purpose of the present invention and effect, use known binder resin simultaneously, for example vinyl-based resin such as styrene-propene acid resin; Other resins such as epoxy resin, polycarbonate resin, urethane resin, but the content of above-mentioned vibrin in binder resin is preferably more than the 70 quality %, more preferably more than the 80 quality %, more preferably more than the 90 quality %, especially preferably be essentially 100 quality %.

-colorant-

As above-mentioned colorant, have no particular limits, can suitably select known dyestuff and pigment according to purpose, for example can enumerate carbon black, aniline black byestuffs, iron black, Naphthol Yellow S, hansa yellow (10G, 5G, G), cadmium yellow, yellow iron oxide, the colour of loess, lead and yellow-collation, titan yellow, the polyazo Huang, oil yellow (oil yellow), hansa yellow (GR, A, RN, R), pigment yellow L, benzidine yellow (G, GR), permanent yellow (NCG), Balkan fast yellow (5G, R), tartrazine lake, quinoline yellow lake, anthracene azine Huang (anthraceneyellow) BGL, the isoindolinone Huang, iron oxide red, red lead, plumbous red, cadmium red, cadmium mercury is red, antimony red, permanent red 4R, rose-red, fire red (fire red), p-chloro-o-nitroaniline red, lithol that fast red G, gorgeous fast red, bright fuchsin BS, permanent red (F2R, F4R, FRL, FRLL, F4RH), fast red VD, the strong rubine B in Balkan (Vulcan Fast Rubine B), brilliant scarlet G G, lithol that rubine GX, permanent red F5R, bright fuchsin 6B, pigment red 3 B, purplish red 5B, everbright fast maroon, permanent purplish red F2K, He Liao bordeaux B L, purplish red 10B, nation is brown light red, the brown centre of nation is red, eosine lake, rhodamine color lake B, rhodamine color lake Y, alizarine lake, the red B of Di Aoyindige, thioindigoid maroons, oil red, quinacridone is red, pyrazolone red, polyazo is red, molybdate red, benzidine orange, pyrene orange (PerynoneOrange), the oil orange, cobalt blue, peace is blue in the match fine jade, alkali blue lake, peacock blue lake, the Victoria blue color lake, metal-free phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine blue, fast blue, indanthrene blue (RS, BC), indigo, ultramarine, Prussian blue, anthraquinone blue, fast scarlet B, the methyl violet color lake, cobalt violet, manganese violet, two  alkane purples, the anthraquinone purple, chrome green, zinc green, chromium oxide, tie up sharp Dean pigment, emerald, pigment green B, the green B of Naphthol, the golden yellow diazonium class of green glow pigment, the acid green color lake, peacock green precipitation color lake, phthalocyanine green, anthraquinone green, titanium dioxide, zinc white, lithopone etc.These materials can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As the color of above-mentioned colorant, there is no particular limitation, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate black with colorant, colored with colorant etc.These materials can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As above-mentioned black colorant, for example can enumerate carbon black (C.I. pigment black 7) classes such as furnace black, dim, acetylene black, channel black; Metal species such as copper, iron (C.I. pigment black 11), titanium dioxide; Nigrosine organic pigments such as (C.I. pigment blacks 1) etc.

As the magenta coloring pigment, for example can enumerate C.I.

paratonere

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,21,22,23,30,31,32,37,38,39,40,41,48,48:1,49,50,51,52,53,53:1,54,55,57,57:1,58,60,63,64,68,81,83,87,88,89,90,112,114,122,123,163,177,179,202,206,207,209,211; C.I. pigment violet 19; C.I. urn red 1,2,10,13,15,23,29,35 etc.

As the cyan coloring pigment, for example can enumerate C.I. alizarol saphirol 2,3,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,17,60; C.I. vat blue 6; C.I. the copper phthalocyanine that is replaced by 1～5 phthalimide methyl on acid blue 45 or the phthalocyanine frame, green 7, green 36 etc.

As the yellow coloring pigment, for example can enumerate C.I. pigment yellow 0-16,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,23,55,65,73,74,83,97,110,151,154,180; C.I. vat yellow 1,3,20; Orange 36 etc.

The content of above-mentioned colorant in above-mentioned toner has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, but be preferably 1～15 quality %, more preferably 3～10 quality %.If the above-mentioned quantity not sufficient 1 quality % that contains, the colouring power that toner then occurs descends, if surpass 15 quality %, causes easily that then pigment dispersing is bad in the toner, causes the reduction of the electrical characteristics of colouring power reduction and toner sometimes.

Above-mentioned colorant also can be used as the parent sizing material that forms with resin compoundedization and uses.As this resin, have no particular limits, can from known resin, suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate the polymkeric substance of styrene or its substituent, styrene copolymer, plexiglass, polybutyl methacrylate resin, Corvic, polyvinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl resin, acrylic resin, vibrin, epoxy resin, the many alcohol resins of epoxy, urethane resin, polyamide, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyacrylic resin, rosin, modified rosin, terpene resin, aliphatic hydrocarbon resin, alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, fragrance same clan petroleum resin, chlorinated paraffin, paraffin etc.These materials can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As the polymkeric substance of above-mentioned styrene or its substituent, for example can enumerate vibrin, polystyrene resin, poly-to chlorostyrene resin, polyvinyl toluene resin etc.As above-mentioned styrene copolymer, for example can enumerate styrene-to chloro-styrene copolymer, the styrene-propene multipolymer, styrene-ethylene base toluene multipolymer, styrene-ethylene base naphthalenedicarboxylate copolymer, styrene-propene acid methyl terpolymer, styrene-propene acetoacetic ester multipolymer, the styrene-propene butyl acrylate copolymer, the misery ester copolymer of styrene-propene, styrene-methylmethacrylate copolymer, styrene-ethyl methacrylate copolymers, styrene-butyl methacrylate copolymer, styrene-alpha-chloro methylmethacrylate copolymer, styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, styrene-ethylene ylmethyl ketone copolymers, Styrene-Butadiene, the styrene-isoprene multipolymer, styrene-acrylonitrile-indene copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, styrene-maleic acid ester copolymer etc.

Above-mentioned parent sizing material can high shear force mixes or mixing the manufacturing by above-mentioned parent sizing material is applied with resin and above-mentioned colorant.At this moment, in order to improve the interaction of colorant and resin, preferably add organic solvent.In addition, so-called douche also can directly be used the wet cake of colorant, and it is preferred never needing dry this to put.Above-mentioned douche (flushing process) is that the aqueous paste that will contain colorant and water mixes simultaneously with resin and organic solvent or mixing, makes colorant transfer to resin side and the method for removing moisture and organic solvent composition.Above-mentioned mixing or mixing in, for example preferably use high shear diverting devices such as three roller mixing rolls.

-release agent-

As above-mentioned release agent, have no particular limits, can from known material, suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate wax classes such as the wax that contains carbonyl, polyolefin-wax, long chain hydrocarbon.These waxes can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.The wax that wherein preferably contains carbonyl.

As the above-mentioned wax that contains carbonyl, for example can enumerate polyalkane acid esters, polyalkane alcohol ester, polyalkane acid amides, poly-alkylamide, dialkyl ketone etc.As above-mentioned polyalkane acid esters, for example can enumerate Brazil wax, montan wax, trimethylolpropane tris behenic acid ester, pentaerythrite Si behenic acid ester, pentaerythrite oxalic acid Er behenic acid ester, Gan oil San behenic acid ester, 1,18-octacosanol distearate.As above-mentioned polyalkane alcohol ester, for example can enumerate tri trimellitate stearyl ester, maleic acid distearyl ester etc.As above-mentioned polyalkane acid amides, for example can enumerate Er Shan Yu acid amides etc.As above-mentioned poly-alkylamide, for example can enumerate tri trimellitate stearmide etc.As above-mentioned dialkyl ketone, for example can enumerate distearyl ketone etc.Contain in the wax of carbonyl preferred especially polyalkane acid esters at these.

As said polyolefins wax class, for example can enumerate Tissuemat E, polypropylene wax etc.

As above-mentioned long chain hydrocarbon, for example can enumerate paraffin, husky rope wax (Sasol wax) etc.

Fusing point as above-mentioned release agent has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, but be preferably 40～160 ℃, more preferably 50～120 ℃, is preferably 60～90 ℃ especially.If 40 ℃ of above-mentioned fusing point less thaies are then brought harmful effect to heat-resisting storage sometimes,, then be easy to cause cold print through during low-temperature fixing if surpass 160 ℃.

As the melt viscosity of above-mentioned release agent, the value to measure under than the high 20 ℃ temperature of the fusing point of this wax is preferably 5～1000cps, more preferably 10～100cps.If the not enough 5cps of above-mentioned melt viscosity, then release property reduces sometimes, if surpass 1000cps, then can not obtain to improve the effect of heat-resisting print through, low-temperature fixing.

The content of above-mentioned release agent in above-mentioned toner is not particularly limited, and can suitably select according to purpose, but be preferably 0～40 quality %, more preferably 3～30 quality %.

If above-mentioned content surpasses 40 quality %, the flowability of toner variation sometimes then.

-charged controlling agent-

As charged controlling agent, have no particular limits, can from known material, suitably select according to purpose, but tone changes sometimes during owing to the use colored materials, therefore preferred colourless or white material for example can be enumerated the slaine of triphenylmethane dye, molybdic acid chelate dyestuff, rhodamine class dyestuff, alcoxyl base class amine, quaternary ammonium salt (comprising the fluorine modified quaternary ammonium salt), alkylamide, phosphorus simple substance or compound, tungsten simple substance or compound, fluorine class activator, salicylic acid metal salt, salicyclic acid derivatives etc.These materials can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

Above-mentioned charged controlling agent can use commercially available product, as this commercially available product, for example can enumerate Bontron P-51 as quaternary ammonium salt, as the E-82 of hydroxynaphthoic acid metalloid coordination compound, as the E-84 of salicylic acid metal complex, as the E-89 of phenolic condensate (above make) by Orient chemical industrial company; TP-302, TP-415 (being Baotugu Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd makes) as the quaternary ammonium salt molybdenum complex; As the Copy Charge PSYVP 2038 of quaternary ammonium salt, as the Copy Blue PR of triphenylmethane derivative, as Copy Charge NEG VP 2036, the CopyCharge NX VP 434 (being Hoechst company makes) of quaternary ammonium salt; LRA-901, as the LR-147 of boron coordination compound (Japanese Carlit Co., Ltd. make); Quinoline a word used for translation ketone, azo dyes; Has the macromolecule compound of functional groups such as sulfonic acid group, carboxyl, quaternary ammonium salt etc.

Charged controlling agent can dissolve after above-mentioned parent sizing material carries out melting mixing or disperse, also can directly dissolve or add when being dispersed in the above-mentioned organic solvent, perhaps after making toner particle, be fixed on toner surface at various compositions with above-mentioned toner.

As the content of above-mentioned charged controlling agent in above-mentioned toner, according to the having or not of the kind of above-mentioned binder resin, adjuvant, process for dispersing etc. and different, can not stipulate without exception, but for example with respect to the above-mentioned binder resin of 100 mass parts, be preferably 0.1～10 mass parts, more preferably 0.2～5 mass parts.If above-mentioned quantity not sufficient 0.1 mass parts that contains, then can not obtain sometimes charged controlled, if surpass 10 mass parts, then the charging property of toner is excessive, the effect of master tape controling agent is weakened, thereby increase, cause the flowability of developer to reduce or image color reduces with the electrostatic attraction of developer roll.

-external additive-

As external additive, there is no particular limitation, can suitably select from known material according to purpose, for example can enumerate silicon dioxide microparticle, the fatty acid metal salts (for example, zinc stearate, aluminium stearate etc.) of silicon dioxide microparticle, process hydrophobic treatments; Metal oxide (for example, titanium dioxide, aluminium oxide, tin oxide, antimony oxide etc.) or their hydrophobic treatments thing, fluoropolymer etc.In the middle of these, preferably enumerate through the silicon dioxide microparticle of hydrophobic treatments, Titanium particles, through the titanium oxide microparticle of hydrophobic treatments.

As above-mentioned silicon dioxide microparticle, for example can enumerate HDK H 2000, HDK H 2000/4, HDKH2050EP, HVK21, HDK H1303 (being Hoechst company makes); R972, R974, RX200, RY200, R202, R805, R812 (be Japanese アエロジ Le Co., Ltd. make) etc.As above-mentioned titanium oxide microparticle, for example can enumerate P-25 (Japanese アエロジ Le Co., Ltd. make), STT-30, STT-65C-S (being チ Application エ industry Co., Ltd. makes), TAF-140 (manufacturings of チ Application Industrial Co., Ltd of Fuji), MT-150W, MT-500B, MT-600B, MT-150A (being the manufacturing of テイカ Co., Ltd.) etc.As above-mentioned titanium oxide microparticle through hydrophobic treatments, for example can enumerate T-805 (Japanese アエロジ Le Co., Ltd. make), STT-30A, STT-65S-S (being チ Application Industrial Co., Ltd makes); TAF-500T, TAF-1500T (being チ Application Industrial Co., Ltd of Fuji makes); MT-100S, MT-100T (being テイカ Co., Ltd. makes), IT-S (Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.'s manufacturing) etc.

For the titanium oxide microparticle that obtains above-mentioned silicon dioxide microparticle, process hydrophobic treatments, the alumina particulate of process hydrophobic treatments, can obtain by handling hydrophilic particulate with silane coupling agents such as methyltrimethoxy silane, methyl triethoxysilane, octyl group trimethoxy silanes through hydrophobic treatments.

As above-mentioned hydrophobic treatments agent, for example can enumerate silane coupling agents such as dialkyl group dihalide silane, trialkyl halogenated silane, alkyl three halogenated silanes, six alkyl disilazanes, silylation agent, silane coupling agent, organic titanate class coupling agent, aluminium class coupling agent, silicone oil, silicon varnish etc. with fluorinated alkyl.

In addition, thus also preferred use where necessary to heat with silicone oil inorganic particles is handled and the silicone oil that obtains is handled inorganic particles.

As above-mentioned inorganic particles, for example can enumerate silicon dioxide, aluminium oxide, titanium dioxide, barium titanate, magnesium titanate, calcium titanate, strontium titanates, iron oxide, cupric oxide, zinc paste, tin oxide, silica sand, clay, mica, wollastonite, zeyssatite, chromium oxide, cerium oxide, iron oxide red, antimony trioxide, magnesium oxide, zirconia, barium sulphate, barium carbonate, lime carbonate, silit, silicon nitride etc.In the middle of these, preferred especially silicon dioxide, titania.

As above-mentioned silicone oil, for example can enumerate dimethyl silicon oil, methyl phenyl silicone oil, chlorphenyl silicone oil, hydrogenated methyl silicone oil, alkyl modified silicon oil, fluorine modified silicon oil, polyether modified silicon oil, pure modified silicon oil, amino-modified silicone oil, epoxide modified silicone oil, epoxidized polyether modified silicon oil, phenol modified silicon oil, carboxy-modified silicone oil, sulfhydryl modified silicone oil, acryloyl or methacryl modified silicon oil, α-Jia Jibenyixi modified silicon oil etc.

The mean grain size of the primary particle of above-mentioned inorganic particles is preferably 1～100nm, more preferably 3～70nm.If the not enough 1nm of above-mentioned mean grain size, then inorganic particles is buried in toner, is difficult to bring into play effectively its function sometimes, if surpass 100nm, then damages electrostatic latent image sometimes unevenly and supports the surface.As above-mentioned external additive, can use the inorganic particles of inorganic particles or process hydrophobic treatments simultaneously, but the mean grain size of the primary particle of process hydrophobic treatments is preferably 1～100nm, more preferably 5～70nm.In addition, more preferably containing at least 2 kinds of mean grain sizes through the primary particle of hydrophobic treatments is the following inorganic particles of 20nm, and contains the above inorganic particles of a kind of 30nm at least.In addition, the BET method specific surface area of above-mentioned inorganic particles is preferably 20～500m ²/ g.

With respect to above-mentioned toner, the addition of above-mentioned external additive is preferably 0.1～5 quality %, more preferably 0.3～3 quality %.

Can also add resin particle as above-mentioned external additive.For example can enumerate the polystyrene that obtains by emulsifier-free emulsion polymerization or suspension polymerization, dispersin polymerization; The multipolymer of methacrylate, acrylate; Condensed polymer classes such as polysiloxane, benzo guanamine, nylon; The polymer particle that thermoset resin forms.By using such resin particle simultaneously, can strengthen the contrary charged toner of charging property, minimizing of toner, stain thereby reduce bottom.With respect to above-mentioned toner, the addition of above-mentioned resin particle is preferably 0.01～5 quality %, more preferably 0.1～2 quality %.

-other composition-

Other composition as above-mentioned is not particularly limited, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate fluidity improving agent, spatter property improving agent, magnetic material, metallic soap etc.

Above-mentioned fluidity improving agent is to improve hydrophobicity by surface treatment, even under high humility, also can prevent the material that charged characteristic worsens, for example can enumerate silane coupling agent, silylation agent, silane coupling agent, organic titanate class coupling agent, aluminium class coupling agent, silicone oil, modified silicon oil etc. with fluorinated alkyl.

Above-mentioned spatter property improving agent is to support the developer after the transfer printing residual in body or the intermediate transfer body and add in the above-mentioned toner in order to remove electrostatic latent image, for example can enumerate fatty acid metal salts such as zinc stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid; The polymer particles that polymethylmethacrylate particulate, ps particle etc. are made by emulsifier-free emulsion polymerization etc.As above-mentioned polymer particles, the particulate that the preferred size distribution is narrow, the preferred volume mean grain size is the particulate of 0.01～1 μ m.

As above-mentioned magnetic material, have no particular limits, can from material known, suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate iron powder, magnesium, ferrite etc.Wherein, from this point of tone, the material of preferred white.

The manufacture method of-toner-

As the manufacture method of above-mentioned toner, there is no particular limitation, can suitably select from known method for preparing toner according to purpose, for example can enumerate mixing and comminuting method, polymerization, dissolving suspension method, spray granulation etc.

---mixing and comminuting method---

Above-mentioned mixing and comminuting method is that the toner materials that for example will contain binder resin and colorant is at least carried out melting mixing, and the mixing thing that will obtain is again pulverized, classification, prepares the method for the parent particle of above-mentioned toner thus.

In above-mentioned melting mixing, above-mentioned toner materials is mixed, this potpourri is added to carry out melting mixing in the melting mixing machine again.As this melting mixing machine, for example can use single shaft or dual-axle continuous pugging machine, or adopt the batch-type mixer of roller mill.For example, preferably use the KTK type biaxial extruder of Kobe Steel's manufacturing, the TEM type extruder that Toshiba Machine Co. Ltd makes, the biaxial extruder that KCK company makes, the PCM type biaxial extruder of pond shellfish ironworker manufacturing, the common kneader that Buss company makes etc.This melting mixing preferably carries out under the felicity condition that the strand that does not cause binder resin cuts off.Specifically, the melting mixing temperature can be with reference to the softening point of binder resin, if than this softening point is too high then cutting phenomenon is violent, if cross low then do not disperse sometimes.

Above-mentioned pulverizing is that the mixing thing of above-mentioned mixing acquisition is pulverized.In this is pulverized, preferably at first mixing thing is carried out coarse crushing, it is broken then to carry out micro mist again.The following mode of preferred use this moment: make it in jet-stream wind, take place to collide and pulverize, or in jet-stream wind, make particle collide mutually and pulverize, or utilize the rotor of mechanical rotation and the close gap of stator to pulverize with impingement plate.

Above-mentioned classification is that the crushed material that is obtained by above-mentioned pulverizing is carried out classification, is adjusted to the particle of regulation particle diameter.Above-mentioned classification can partly be carried out by for example using cyclone separator, decanter, centrifugal separator etc. to remove particulate.

Above-mentioned pulverizing and classification utilize centrifugal force to make crushed material classification in air-flow, thereby can make the toner parent particle of regulation particle diameter after finishing.

Then, in parent particle, add external additive.Use mixer, toner parent particle and external additive are mixed and stir, thereby make the external additive pulverizing, be coated on simultaneously on the toner parent particle.At this moment, make external additives such as inorganic particles and resin particle evenly and securely attached to being important for permanance on the parent particle of toner.

---polymerization---

As the above-mentioned method for preparing toner that utilizes polymerization, for example make to contain at least can form urea key or urethane bond and through the toner materials dissolving of the vibrin of modification and colorant or be dispersed in the organic solvent.Should dissolve or disperse thing to be dispersed in the water-medium then, carry out addition polymerization, remove the solvent of this dispersion liquid, and clean again and obtain.

As above-mentioned can form urea key or urethane bond through the vibrin of modification, for example can enumerate by the carboxyl of polyester end or hydroxyl etc. and react with polyisocyanate compound (PIC) and the polyester prepolyer that forms etc. with isocyanate groups.And the reaction by this polyester prepolyer and amine etc. makes the modified poly ester that obtains behind the crosslinked and/or chain extension of strand, can keep low-temperature fixing, can improve heat penetration seal property simultaneously.

As above-mentioned polyisocyanate compound (PIC), for example can enumerate aliphatic polyisocyante (tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,6-two isocyanate group methyl caproates etc.); Ester ring type polyisocyanates (isophorone diisocyanate, cyclohexyl-methane diisocyanate etc.); Aromatic diisocyanate (toluene diisocyanate, '-diphenylmethane diisocyanate etc.); Aromatic-aliphatic diisocyanate (α, α, α ', α '-tetramethylbenzene dimethyl diisocyanate etc.); Isocyanates; The block product of above-mentioned polyisocyanates and phenol derivatives, oxime, caprolactam etc.; Deng.These materials can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

Ratio as above-mentioned polyisocyanate compound (PIC), in isocyanate group [NCO] and equivalent proportion [NCO]/[OH] with the hydroxyl [OH] in the polyester of hydroxyl, be preferably 5/1 to 1/1, more preferably 4/1 to 1.2/1, more preferably 2.5/1 to 1.5/1.

The above-mentioned middle contained isocyanate groups of per molecule of polyester prepolyer (A) with isocyanate group is preferably more than 1, and more preferably average 1.5～3, more preferably average 1.8～2.5.

As with the amine (B) of above-mentioned polyester prepolyer reaction, the material (B6) that can enumerate the above polyamine compound (B2) of diamine compound (B1), ternary, amino alcohol (B3), amineothiot (B4), amino acid (B5), the amino of B1～B5 is formed by end-blocking.

As above-mentioned diamine (B1), for example can enumerate aromatic diamine (phenylenediamine, diethyl toluene diamine, 4,4 '-diaminodiphenylmethane etc.); Ester ring type diamines (4,4 '-diamido-3,3 ' dimethyl dicyclohexyl methyl hydride, diamino-cyclohexane, isophorone diamine etc.); Aliphatic diamine (ethylenediamine, tetra-methylenedimine, hexamethylene diamine etc.) etc.

As the polyamine more than the above-mentioned ternary (B2), for example can enumerate diethylene triamine, trien etc.

As above-mentioned amino alcohol (B3), for example can enumerate monoethanolamine, ethoxylaniline etc.

As above-mentioned amineothiot (B4), for example can enumerate aminoethyl mercaptan, aminopropyl mercaptan etc.

As above-mentioned amino acid (B5), for example can enumerate alanine, aminocaproic acid etc.

As the above-mentioned material (B6) that the amino-terminated of B1～B5 formed, for example can enumerate ketimine compound that amine and ketone (acetone, MEK, hexone etc.) by above-mentioned B1～B5 form,  isoxazoline compound etc.In these amines (B), the potpourri of preferred especially B1 and B1 and a small amount of B2.

Ratio as above-mentioned amine (B), equivalent proportion [NCO]/[NHx] in the amino [NHx] in isocyanate groups [NCO] in the polyester prepolyer (A) with isocyanate groups and the amine (B), be preferably 1/2～2/1, more preferably 1.5/1～1/1.5, more preferably 1.2/1～1/1.2.

According to the manufacture method of the toner that adopts aforesaid polymerization, can little in carrying capacity of environment, low-cost situation under preparation small particle diameter and be the toner of sphere.

Painted as above-mentioned toner has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, can select at least a from black toner, cyan toner, pinkish red toner and Yellow toner.Can obtain the toner of each color by the kind of the above-mentioned colorant of suitable selection, be preferably color toner.

The weight average particle diameter of above-mentioned toner is not particularly limited, and can suitably select according to purpose.Here, the weight average particle diameter of above-mentioned toner can be obtained as follows.

[weight average particle diameter of toner]

Mensuration machine: Coulter Multisizer II (manufacturing of Beckman Coulter company)

Aperture: 100 μ m

Analysis software: Coulter Multisizer Aqucomp 1.19 editions (manufacturing of Beckman Coulter company)

Electrolytic solution: アイソト Application II (manufacturing of Beckman Coulter company)

Dispersion liquid: (Kao Corp makes Emulgen 109P, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, HLB=13.6) 5 quality % electrolytic solution

Dispersion condition: in the 5ml dispersion liquid, add 10mg and measure sample, disperseed 1 minute, add 25ml electrolytic solution then, disperseed 1 minute with ultrasonic dispersing machine again with ultrasonic dispersing machine.

Condition determination: add 100ml electrolytic solution and dispersion liquid in beaker, employing can be measured the concentration of 30,000 particle diameters in 20 seconds, measure 30,000 particles, obtained weight average particle diameter by its size-grade distribution.

[developer]

Above-mentioned developer contains above-mentioned toner at least, and contains other composition that carrier etc. is suitably selected.As this developer, can be monocomponent toner, also can be two-component developing agent, but, consider preferred above-mentioned two-component developing agent from improving aspects such as life-span being used to tackle under the situation of high-speed printer (HSP) that information processing rate in recent years improves etc.

State in the use under the situation of above-mentioned monocomponent toner of toner, even carry out the consumption and the interpolation of toner, the variation of toner particle diameter is also little, film forming or the toner of toner on the developer roll that supports body as developer can not occur glues the molten of layer thickness control parts such as blade of toner thin layerization to being used to, even use for a long time at developing apparatus under the situation of (stirring), also can obtain good and stable development and image.In addition, state in the use under the situation of above-mentioned two-component developing agent of toner, even long-term consumption and the interpolation of toner experience, the variation of toner particle diameter is also little in the developer, even under the long-term condition of stirring of developing apparatus, also can obtain good and stable development.

-carrier-

As above-mentioned carrier, be not particularly limited, can suitably select according to purpose, still preferably have the carrier of the resin bed of core and this core of coating.

As above-mentioned core, be not particularly limited, can from material known, suitably select.For example manganese-strontium of preferred 50～90emu/g (Mn-Sr) class material, manganese-magnesium (Mn-Mg) class material etc., with regard to guaranteeing image color, preferred iron powder (more than the 100emu/g), magnetic iron ore (75～120emu/g) contour Magnetized Materials.In addition, support contacting, helping forming with regard to the high image quality of body with regard to the electrostatic latent image that weakens with toner is upright state, (30～80emu/g) wait the weakly magnetization materials to preferably copper-zinc (Cu-Zn) class.These materials can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As the particle diameter of above-mentioned core, by mean grain size (volume average particle size (D ₅₀)) meter, preferred 10～200 μ m, more preferably 40～100 μ m.If above-mentioned mean grain size (volume average particle size (D ₅₀)) less than 10 μ m, micro mist class during then carrier particle distributes becomes many, the magnetization step-down of each particle, sometimes producing carrier disperses, if surpass 200 μ m, then specific surface area descends, and produces dispersing of toner sometimes, for many panchromatic of part on the spot, the repeatability variation of part on the spot particularly.

Material as above-mentioned resin bed, have no particular limits, can from known resin, suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate amino resin, polyvinyl resin, polystyrene resins, the halogenated polyolefin resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate-based resin, polyvinyl resin, polyfluoroethylene resin, polyvinylidene fluoride resin, poly-trifluoro-ethylene resin, the polyhexafluoropropylene resin, the multipolymer of vinylidene and acrylic monomers, the multipolymer of vinylidene and fluorothene, the fluoro terpolymers such as terpolymer of tetrafluoroethene and vinylidene and non-fluorinated monomer (fluoridizing ternary (polynary) multipolymer), organic siliconresin etc.These resins can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As above-mentioned organic siliconresin, have no particular limits, can from known usually organic siliconresin, suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate the straight chain organic siliconresin that only forms by the organosiloxane key; With organic siliconresin of modifications such as alkyd resin, vibrin, epoxy resin, acryl resin, urethane resin etc.

Above-mentioned organic siliconresin can use commercially available product, as the straight chain organic siliconresin, for example can enumerate KR271, KR255, KR152 that Shin-Etsu Chemial Co., Ltd makes; East レダウ SR2400, SR2406 that コ-ニ Application グシリコ-Application Co., Ltd. makes, SR2410 etc.

The organic siliconresin of above-mentioned modification can use commercially available product, for example can enumerate KR206 (alkyd modified), KR5208 (acrylic acid modified), ES1001N (epoxide modified), KR305 (polyurethane-modified) that Shin-Etsu Chemial Co., Ltd makes; East レダウ SR2115 (epoxide modified), SR2110 (alkyd modified) etc. that コ-ニ Application グシリコ-Application Co., Ltd. makes.

In addition, also can use organic siliconresin, can also use cross-linking reaction composition, carried charge to be adjusted to simultaneously and grade with monomeric form.

Can also make in the above-mentioned resin bed in case of necessity and contain conductive powder,, for example can enumerate metal powder, carbon black, titanium dioxide, tin oxide, zinc paste etc. as this conductive powder.As the mean grain size of these conductive powders, be preferably below the 1 μ m.If above-mentioned mean grain size surpasses 1 μ m, then be difficult to controlling resistance.

For example, resin bed can form in the following manner,, is mixed with coating solution in the solvent by above-mentioned organic siliconresin etc. is dissolved in that is, adopt known coating process that this coating solution is uniformly coated on the surface of above-mentioned core then, toast after the drying.As above-mentioned coating process, for example can enumerate infusion process, spraying process, spread coating etc.

Above-mentioned solvent has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate toluene, dimethylbenzene, MEK, hexone, cellosolve, butyl acetate etc.

Above-mentioned baking has no particular limits, and can be the external heating mode, also can be inner type of heating.For example can enumerate the method for using fixed electric furnace, flow-type electric furnace, rotary electric furnace, combustion furnace etc., the method for using microwave etc.

The amount of above-mentioned resin bed in above-mentioned carrier is preferably 0.01～5.0 quality %.If above-mentioned quantity not sufficient 0.01 quality % then can not form uniform resin bed on above-mentioned core surface sometimes.If surpass 5.0 quality %, then above-mentioned resin bed is blocked up, causes carrier to be combined into particle each other, can not obtain uniform carrier granular sometimes.

When above-mentioned developer was two-component developing agent, the above-mentioned vector contg in this two-component developing agent was not particularly limited, and can suitably select according to purpose.For example, be preferably 90～98 quality %, more preferably 93～97 quality %.

The mixing ratio of toner and carrier normally in the above-mentioned two-component developing agent: with respect to 100 mass parts carriers, preferred toner is 1～10.0 mass parts.

Above-mentioned developing apparatus can be the dry process development mode, also can be the wet developing mode.In addition, can be monochromatic with developing apparatus, also can be the polychrome developing apparatus, for example preferably enumerate to have above-mentioned toner or developer carried out friction stir and make the developing apparatus etc. of its charged stirrer and rotatable magnetic roller.

In above-mentioned developing apparatus, for example to above-mentioned toner and above-mentioned carrier mixing stirring, this moment, this toner was charged because of friction, remained on upright state on the surface of rotation magnetic roller, thereby had formed magnetic brush.Since this magnetic roller be configured in above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support body near, a part that therefore constitutes the above-mentioned toner of the above-mentioned magnetic brush that this magnetic roller surface forms is transferred to the surface that this this electrostatic latent image supports body because of electric absorption power.As a result, above-mentioned electrostatic latent image supports body just by this toner development, forms visual image thereby utilize this toner to support the surface at electrostatic latent image.

The developer that holds in the above-mentioned developing apparatus is the developer that contains above-mentioned toner, as this developer, can be single developer of forming, and also can be two-component developing agent.

[monocomponent type developing apparatus]

As above-mentioned monocomponent type developing apparatus, the preferred use has the monocomponent type developing apparatus that the developer of supplying with toner supports body and supports the layer thickness control parts of formation toner thin layer on the body at this developer.

Fig. 5 is the skeleton diagram that an example of monocomponent type developing apparatus is shown.This list composition developing apparatus uses the monocomponent toner that is made of toner, support as developer on the developer roll 402 of body and formed toner layer, toner layer on the developer roll 402 is contacted with the photoconductor drum 1 that supports body as electrostatic latent image to be carried, thereby make the latent electrostatic image developing on the photoconductor drum, contact single component development.

In Fig. 5, the toners in the shell 401 are to be stirred by the rotation as the stirrer 411 of stirring apparatus, mechanically are provided to the donor rollers 412 as the toner supply parts.This donor rollers 412 is formed by polyurathamc etc., has flexibility, and having formed diameter is this structure that is easy to keep toner of bubble chamber (cell) of 50～500 μ m.In addition, the JIS-A hardness of donor rollers is 10～30 °, and is lower, can contact equably with developer roll 402.

Donor rollers 412 and developer roll 402 promptly are driven in rotation relative to the reverse mode that moves in the surface at position according to two rollers according in the same way.In addition, the differential surface speed of two rollers (donor rollers/developer roll) is preferably 0.5～1.5.In addition, also can make donor rollers 412 according to reverse with developer roll 402, even the mode that two rollers move in the same way relative to the surface at position is rotated, in addition, in the present embodiment, donor rollers 412 is rotated in the same way with developer roll 402, and its differential surface speed is set at 0.9.Donor rollers 412 is set at 0.5～1.5mm with respect to the amount of nipping of developer roll 402.In the present embodiment, when the unit effective width was 240mm (the A4 size is vertical), the moment of torsion that needs was 14.7～24.5Ncm.

Developer roll 402 has the top layer that is made of elastomeric material on conductive base, its diameter is 10～30mm, and the surface is roughening suitably, and making surfaceness Rz is 1～4 μ m.With respect to the mean grain size of toner, this surfaceness Rz is preferably 13～80%.Can carry toner not burying under the situation on developer roll 402 surfaces thus.The surfaceness Rz of preferred especially developer roll 402 is 20～30% a scope of toner mean grain size, so that it does not keep charged significantly low toner.

As elastomeric material, for example can enumerate organic silicon rubber, butadiene rubber, NBR rubber, epichlorohydrin rubber, EPDM rubber etc.In addition, particularly for stable through the time quality, preferably coating on the surface of developer roll 402.As the material of above-mentioned coating, for example can enumerate silicone based material, teflon (registered trademark) class material etc.The charging property excellence of the toner of above-mentioned silicone based material, the release property excellence of above-mentioned teflon (registered trademark) class material.In addition, in order to obtain electric conductivity, can also suitably contain conductive materials such as carbon black.The thickness of above-mentioned coating is preferably 5～50 μ m.If be in beyond this scope, easy appearance unfavorable condition such as break easily sometimes then.

On the above-mentioned donor rollers 412, or the inner toner with specified polarity (being negative polarity under the situation of present embodiment) that exists is seized on both sides by the arms at the mutual counter-rotational developer roll 402 of contact point because of rotation, therefore obtained negative charge by triboelectric action, because this electrostatic force and because the conveying effect that the roughening on developer roll 402 surfaces is brought, toner just remains on the developer roll 402.But the toner layer on the developer roll 402 of this moment is the (1～3mg/cm that adheres in inhomogeneous and quite superfluous mode ²).Therefore, contact with developer roll 402, make on developer roll 402, to form toner thin layer with uniform thickness by making control cutter 413 as the layer thickness control parts.The top of control cutter 413 is with respect to sense of rotation deflection downstream one side of developer roll 402, and the middle body of control cutter 413 forms contact, is that so-called cutter side grafting is touched, but also can be reverse setting, can realize the blade contact.

As the material of above-mentioned control cutter, metals such as preferred SUS304, thickness is 0.1～0.15mm.Except that above-mentioned metal, also can used thickness be the higher resin materials of hardness such as the elastomeric material such as urethane rubber of 1～2mm or organic siliconresin.Also have,, can reduce resistance, can form electric field controlling between cutter and the developer roll 402 when therefore being connected with grid bias power supply by the carbon black beyond the pick-up metal etc.

Preferably the free end length that begins from support as the control cutter 413 of layer thickness control parts is 10～15mm.If above-mentioned free end length surpasses 15mm, then developing apparatus becomes big, can not be contained in the image processing system compactly, if not enough 10mm, then control and be easy to generate vibration when cutter contacts with the surface of developer roll 402, on image, produce the inhomogeneous abnormal image that waits of lateral step shape sometimes easily.

The scope that is preferably 0.049～2.45N/cm is pressed in the contact of above-mentioned control cutter 413.If pressing, above-mentioned contact surpasses 2.45N/cm, then the toner adhesion amount on the developer roll 402 reduces, and the toner carried charge too increases, the minimizing of development amount, image color are reduced, if not enough 0.049N/cm, then can not the adequate relief straticulation, the toner piece may be by the control cutter sometimes, thereby image quality is significantly descended.In the present embodiment, be 30 ° material for developer roll 402 this JIS-A hardness, control cutter 413 used thicknesses are the SUS plate of 0.1mm, its contact is pressed and is set at 60gf/cm.At this moment, can on developer roll, obtain target toner adhesion amount.

In addition, be the downstream of top deflection developer roll 402 as the contact angle of the control cutter 413 of layer thickness control parts, be preferably 10～45 ° with respect to the tangent line of developer roll 402.Unwanted part was peeled off from developer roll 402 when the toner thin layer that above-mentioned control cutter 413 and developer roll 402 are seized on both sides by the arms formed, can form to have target thickness, and promptly on the unit area 0.4～0.8mg/cm ²Uniform thin layer.The toner of this moment is charged finally to be-10～-30 μ C/g in the present embodiment, with relative development of electrostatic latent image on the photoconductor drum 1.

Therefore, adopt the monocomponent type developing apparatus of present embodiment, narrower under the situation of the surface distance that can make the surface of photoconductor drum 1 and developer roll 402 than in the past bi-component developing apparatus, improved development capability, even under lower current potential, also can develop.

[bi-component developing apparatus]

As above-mentioned bi-component developing apparatus, preferably have and be fixed on inner magnetic field generation device, and have the surface and support the bi-component developing apparatus that the two-component developing agent that is made of magnetic carrier and toner and rotatable developer support body.

Here, Fig. 6 is the skeleton diagram of an example that the bi-component developing apparatus of the two-component developing agent that use is made of toner and magnetic carrier is shown.In the bi-component developing apparatus of this Fig. 6, two-component developing agent stirs by screw rod 441 and carries, and is provided to as developer to support in the development sleeve 442 of body.The two-component developing agent that is provided in this development sleeve 442 is controlled by the doctor 443 as the layer thickness control parts, and the developer level of being supplied with is by the interval of doctor 443 and development sleeve 442, and promptly the wiping gap is controlled.If this wiping gap is too small, then developer level is very few, the image color deficiency, on the contrary if the wiping excesssive gap, then the developer level supply is excessive, can produce as electrostatic latent image and support the problem of adhering to carrier on the photoconductor drum 1 of body.Therefore, in development sleeve 442 inside magnetite is set, as the magnetic field generation device that forms magnetic field the developer on the development sleeve circumferential surface is erect it, on development sleeve 442, developer is erect along the normal direction magnetic line of force that is sent by this magnetite chain on development sleeve, forms magnetic brush.

Development sleeve 442 and photoconductor drum 1 are to be provided with according to the mode of seizing certain interval on both sides by the arms is contiguous, and both sides' relative part forms developing regional.Development sleeve 442 is nonmagnetic materials such as aluminium, brass, stainless steel, electroconductive resin to be formed cylindric, and is rotated by rotary drive mechanism (not shown) and forms.Magnetic brush is moved to developing regional by the rotation of development sleeve 442.With development power supply (not shown) development sleeve 442 is applied developing voltage, utilize the development electric field that forms between development sleeve 442 and the photoconductor drum 1 that the toner on the magnetic brush is separated with carrier, on the electrostatic latent image on the photoconductor drum 1, develop.In addition, the alternating component that also can superpose on the developing voltage.

Above-mentioned developing gap is preferably about 5～30 times of developer particle diameter, if the developer particle diameter is 50 μ m, then being set is that 0.5～1.5mm suits.If developing gap is extended to bigger than it, then be difficult to obtain desirable image color sometimes.

In addition, preferred above-mentioned wiping gap and developing gap are equal extent, or big slightly.The sleeve diameter of the rotating cylinder diameter of photoconductor drum 1 or rotating cylinder linear speed, development sleeve 442 or linear speed depend on the restriction of size of copying speed and device etc.In order to obtain necessary image concentration, the sleeve linear speed is preferably set to more than 1.1 with the ratio of rotating cylinder linear speed.In addition, location settings sensor that also can be after development detects the toner adhesion amount by optical reflectivity, thus the CONTROL PROCESS condition.

＜transfer printing process and transfer device 〉

Above-mentioned transfer printing process is that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to operation on the recording medium, uses transfer device to carry out.As above-mentioned transfer device, roughly be divided into and electrostatic latent image is supported visual image on the body directly be transferred to transfer device on the recording medium, with use intermediate transfer body, after the visual image primary transfer is to this intermediate transfer body, again with the secondary transfer printing device of this visual image secondary transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium.

For example, above-mentioned transfer printing can make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support that body is charged to carry out by use transfer belt electrical equipment at above-mentioned visual image, can utilize above-mentioned transfer device to carry out.As above-mentioned transfer device, preferably have the primary transfer device that visual image is transferred on the intermediate transfer body and forms compound transferred image and will this compound transferred image be transferred to the mode of the secondary transfer printing device on the recording medium.

-intermediate transfer body-

As above-mentioned intermediate transfer body, have no particular limits, can from known transfer article, suitably select according to purpose, for example, preferably enumerate transfer belt, transfer roll etc.

The coefficient of static friction of above-mentioned intermediate transfer body is preferably 0.1～0.6, and more preferably 0.3～0.5.The volume resistance of above-mentioned intermediate transfer body is preferably several Ω cm～10 ³Ω cm.By like this specific insulation of intermediate transfer body being set at several Ω cm～10 ³Ω cm can prevent that intermediate transfer body itself is charged, and the electric charge that is provided by Charging system simultaneously is difficult to remain on this intermediate transfer body, so the transfer printing can prevent secondary transfer printing the time is irregular.In addition, can in secondary transfer printing, apply bias voltage easily.

Material as above-mentioned intermediate transfer body has no particular limits, and can suitably select from known transfer article according to purpose, but be preferably following material.

(1) the single belt material that forms with high Young's modulus (tensile modulus of elasticity) material for example can be enumerated intermingling material, the be scattered here and there Thermocurable polyimide etc. of carbon black wherein of intermingling material, PC and PAT of intermingling material, ETFE and PAT of intermingling material, ETFE (Tefzel) and the PC of PC (polycarbonate), PVDF (Kynoar), PAT (poly terephthalic acid alkylene glycols ester), PC (polycarbonate) and PAT (poly terephthalic acid alkylene glycols ester).These single belts with high Young's modulus have such advantage is arranged: the tensimeter when they form image reveals distortion seldom, especially is difficult for forming position deviation when colour imaging between the color.

(2) with the band with high Young's modulus of above-mentioned (1) as basic unit, form superficial layer or middle layer and the band of 2～3-tier architecture of obtaining in its periphery, the band of this 2～3-tier architecture has the performance that the hardness that can prevent single belt causes producing on the linear image hole.

(3) resin, rubber or elastic body have been used and the elastic webbing that forms with low Young modulus.This elastic webbing has following advantage, that is, because its flexibility produces the space hardly on linear image.In addition, the width of elastic webbing is than driven roller and to hang roller big, and the elasticity of ear that protrudes in the elastic webbing of roller by utilization can prevent to crawl, and the device that does not therefore need flange and prevent to crawl can be realized low cost.

Wherein, the elastic webbing of especially preferably above-mentioned (3).

Above-mentioned elastic webbing deforms at the recording medium of the toner layer in the transfer printing portion, flatness difference.That is, elastic webbing can be followed the tracks of local concavo-convex the distortion, therefore can exceedingly not improve transfer pressure for toner layer, obtained good adaptation, can not produce the space in the literal,, can form the transferred image of excellent in uniformity yet even for the recording medium of planarity difference.

As the resin that uses in the above-mentioned elastic webbing, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate polycarbonate resin, fluororesin (ETFE, PVDF), polystyrene resin, the chloro polystyrene resin, the poly alpha methylstyrene resin, Styrene-Butadiene, styrene-vinyl chloride copolymer, styrene-acetate ethylene copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, copolymer in cinnamic acrylic ester (for example, styrene-propene acid methyl terpolymer, styrene-propene acetoacetic ester multipolymer, the styrene-propene butyl acrylate copolymer, the misery ester copolymer of styrene-propene, styrene-propene acid phenenyl ester multipolymer etc.), styrene-methacrylate copolymer (for example, styrene-methylmethacrylate copolymer, styrene-ethyl methacrylate copolymers, styrene-phenyl methacrylate multipolymer etc.), styrene-methyl multipolymer, styrene resins such as styrene-acrylonitrile-acrylate copolymer (homopolymer or the multipolymer that contain styrene monomer or styrene substituent), polymethyl methacrylate resin, the butyl methacrylate resin, the ethyl acrylate resin, the butyl acrylate resin, modified acroleic acid resinoid (for example organic-silicon-modified acrylic resin, the acrylic resin of vestolit modification, acrylic acid-polyurethane resin etc.), vestolit, styrene-acetate ethylene copolymer, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, Abietyl modified maleic acid resin, phenolics, epoxy resin, vibrin, polyester polyurethane resin, tygon, polypropylene, polybutadiene, Vingon, ionomer resin, polyurethane, organic siliconresin, ketone resin, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, xylene resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyamide, modified polyphenylene ether resin etc.These compositions can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As the rubber that uses in the above-mentioned elastic webbing, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate natural rubber, butyl rubber, fluororubber, acrylic rubber, EPDM rubber, NBR rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) rubber, isoprene rubber, styrene butadiene rubbers, butadiene rubber, ethylene-propylene rubber, the ethylene-propylene terpolymer, chloroprene rubber, chlorosulfonated polyethylene, haloflex, urethane rubber, syndiotactic 1, the 2-polybutadiene, chloropropylene oxide class rubber, organic silicon rubber, fluororubber, thiokol, poly-norbornene rubber, hydrogenated nitrile-butadiene rubber etc.These compositions can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

As the elastic body that uses in the above-mentioned elastic webbing, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate polystyrene-type thermoplastic elastomers, polyolefins thermoplastic elastomer, Polyvinylchloride analog thermoplastic elastomer, polyurethanes thermoplastic elastomer, polyamide-based thermoplastic elastomer, polyureas thermoplastic elastomer, polyesters thermoplastic elastomer, fluorine analog thermoplastic elastomer.These compositions can use a kind separately, also can use simultaneously more than 2 kinds.

The conductive agent that is used to regulate resistance value as using in the above-mentioned elastic webbing has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate metal powders such as carbon black, graphite, aluminium, nickel; The composite oxides conductive metal oxides such as (ITO) of the composite oxides of tin oxide, titanium dioxide, antimony oxide, indium oxide, potassium titanate, antimony oxide-tin oxide (ATO), indium oxide-tin oxide.In addition, above-mentioned conductive metal oxide also can be coated by insulation particulates such as barium sulphate, magnesium silicate, lime carbonate.

In addition, thus the top layer of above-mentioned elastic webbing can prevent that preferably resilient material from supporting body to electrostatic latent image and produce polluting, make the friction resistance on elastic webbing surface reduce toner adhesion, can improve the material of spatter property, secondary transfer printing.Thereby above-mentioned top layer is preferably contained adhesive resin such as for example urethane resin, vibrin, epoxy resin and can be reduced the material that surface energy improves lubricity, for example the powder or the particle of fluororesin, fluorine compounds, fluorocarbons, titania, silit etc.In addition, also can use by the such thermal treatment of fluorine class elastomeric material and form the top layer of being rich in fluorine, reduce surface energy and improved the material of lubricity.

Manufacture method as above-mentioned elastic webbing, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate (1) injecting material in the cylindric mould of rotation, thereby form the centrifugal casting of elastic webbing, (2) thus spray with liquid coating and to form the spraying process of film, (3) columnar mould is immersed in the dip coating that also takes out in the solution of material, (4) be injected into injection molding in inner membrance or the adventitia, (5) are wound up into potpourri on the cylindrical mold and add sulphur abrasive method etc.

In addition, method as preventing above-mentioned elastic webbing elongation has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate (1) and add the method that prevents the material that extends in core layer, (2) form the method for rubber layer etc. in the little core layer of length growth rate.

Material as being used to prevent above-mentioned elongation has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate natural fibers such as cotton, thin,tough silk; Synthon such as dacron, nylon fiber, Dralon, polyolein fiber, vinal, polyvinyl chloride fibre, Saran, polyurethane fiber, polyacetal fibre, polyvinyl fluoride fibre, phenolic fibre; Inorganic fibres such as carbon fiber, glass fibre, boron fibre; Metal fibres such as iron fiber, copper fiber etc.Preferably these materials are formed and weave cotton cloth or thread the use.

Formation method as above-mentioned core layer, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate (1) will be made into weaving cotton cloth of tubular and be coated on mould etc., and the method for clad is set thereon, (2) will be made into weaving cotton cloth of tubular and be immersed in liquid rubber etc., the method that clad is set on the single face or the two sides of core layer, (3) by arbitrarily at interval with silk with helical coil on mould, the method for clad etc. is set thereon.

The thickness of above-mentioned clad depends on the hardness of this clad, but if blocked up, then Biao Mian flexible change is big, and the top layer is easy to generate cracking.In addition, when stroke is big the flexible change of image big, therefore blocked up (more than about 1mm) is worthless.

Above-mentioned transfer device (above-mentioned first time transfer device, above-mentioned second time transfer device) preferably has the above-mentioned visual image that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image supported form on the body transfer printing device to aforementioned recording medium side stripping charge at least.Above-mentioned transfer printing device can be 1, also can be more than 2.As above-mentioned transfer printing device, can enumerate and utilize corona to remove electric corona transfer device, transfer belt, transfer roll, pressure transfer roll, adhesive transfer device etc.

In addition, as recording medium, representational is common paper, but as long as the image of photographic fixing not after transferability develops has no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, can use the PET base material that uses among the OHP etc.

The transfer device of-tandem type image processing system-

Above-mentioned tandem type image processing system is a plurality ofly to comprise the image formative element that electrostatic latent image supports body, Charging system, developing apparatus and transfer device at least and obtain by disposing.In this tandem type image processing system, 4 kinds of image formative elements that are used for yellow, magenta, cyan, black have been carried, each visual image is made side by side by 4 kinds of image formative elements, and is superimposed on recording medium or intermediate transfer body, therefore can form full-colour image more at high speed.

As above-mentioned tandem type image processing system, have two kinds of transfer printing modes: (1) as shown in Figure 7, by transfer device 2, each electrostatic latent image of transfer printing supports on the body the direct transfer printing mode of 1 visual image that forms successively on recording medium S, move with by transfer position on described recording medium surface, and this transfer position is to support the relative zone of body 1 with each electrostatic latent image of a plurality of image formative elements; (2) as shown in Figure 8, by transfer device 2 (primary transfer device), the visual image that each electrostatic latent images of a plurality of image formative elements is supported on the body 1 temporarily is transferred on the intermediate transfer body 4 successively, then by secondary transfer printing device 5, the image on the intermediate transfer body 4 is transferred to indirect transfer printing mode on the recording medium S once.In addition, though the secondary transfer printing device among Fig. 8 is to use the transfer printing conveying belt, also can be the roller shape.

If the direct transfer printing mode of above-mentioned (1) and the indirect transfer printing mode of above-mentioned (2) are compared, then for the direct transfer printing mode of above-mentioned (1), must paper feeding device 6 be set at the upstream side that supports body 1 tandem type image forming part T arranged side by side with electrostatic latent image, must be provided as the fixing device 7 of fixing device, on the throughput direction of record medium, cause maximizing in the downstream.Relative therewith, the indirect transfer printing mode of above-mentioned (2) has the following advantages, and, the secondary transfer printing position can be set more freely that is, paper feeding device 6 and fixing device 7 and tandem type image forming part T overlay configuration can be able to be reached miniaturization.

In addition,, occur on the recording medium transporting direction maximizing in order not make for the direct transfer printing mode of above-mentioned (1), be with fixing device 7 and tandem type image forming part T neighbor configuration.Therefore, can not reach and possess recording medium S and can dispose fixing device 7 in crooked enough leeway, impact when the front end of recording medium S enters fixing device 7 (especially obvious for thick recording medium), the difference of the transporting velocity of the recording medium that the transporting velocity of recording medium and transfer printing conveying belt cause during perhaps by fixing device 7 form image to fixing device 7 at upstream side easily and exert an influence.Relative therewith, the indirect transfer printing mode of above-mentioned (2) can reach and possess recording medium S and can dispose fixing device 7 in crooked enough leeway, so fixing device 7 can exert an influence to forming image hardly.

Owing to above reason, indirect mode receives special concern recently.As shown in Figure 8, form in the device at such coloured image, utilization is removed as the cleaning device 8 of cleaning device and is residued in electrostatic latent image after the primary transfer and support transfer printing residual toner on the body 1, and the surface that electrostatic latent image is supported body 1 is cleaned, and the image of preparing once more forms.In addition, utilize intermediate transfer body cleaning device 9 to remove the transfer printing residual toner that residues in behind the secondary transfer printing on the intermediate transfer body, the surface of middle transfer article 4 is cleaned, the image of preparing once more forms.

＜photographic fixing operation and fixing device 〉

Above-mentioned photographic fixing operation is to use fixing device to make the photographic fixing operation of transferred visible image photographic fixing.

As above-mentioned fixing device, there is no particular limitation, can suitably select according to purpose, but the preferred fixing device that uses the thermal source that has fixing member and this fixing member is heated.

As above-mentioned fixing member, form pincers portion as long as can be in contact with one another, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate the combination etc. of combination, roller and the roller of endless belt and roller, but from shortening the heating-up time, realize that energy-conservation aspect considers, preferably use the combination of endless belt and roller or the method that heats from the surface of above-mentioned fixing member by induction heating etc.

As above-mentioned fixing member, for example can enumerate known heating and pressurizing device (combination of heating arrangement and pressue device) as above-mentioned heating and pressurizing device, under the situation of the combination of above-mentioned endless belt and roller, for example can enumerate the combination of warm-up mill and backer roll and endless belt, under the situation that above-mentioned roller and above-mentioned roller make up, for example can enumerate the combination of warm-up mill and backer roll etc.

At above-mentioned fixing member is under the situation of endless belt, and this endless belt is preferably formed by the little material of thermal capacitance, for example can be set forth in mode that anti-print through layer is set on the matrix etc.As the material that forms above-mentioned matrix, for example can enumerate nickel, polyimide etc., as the material that forms above-mentioned anti-print through layer, for example can enumerate organic silicon rubber, fluororesin etc.

When above-mentioned fixing member was roller, in order to prevent the high pressure distortion, preferably the mandrel of this roller was formed by non-resilient parts.As this non-elastic material, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate high thermoconductivity bodies such as aluminium, iron, stainless steel, brass.In addition, preferred above-mentioned roller coats with anti-print through layer from the teeth outwards.Material as forming this anti-print through layer has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate RTV organic silicon rubber, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether (PFA), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) etc.

In above-mentioned photographic fixing operation, can above-mentionedly utilize toner to transfer images on the aforementioned recording medium, and make transfer printing this record images medium by above-mentioned pincers portion, thereby make the photographic fixing on aforementioned recording medium of above-mentioned image, or utilize above-mentioned pincers portion that above-mentioned image is transferred on the aforementioned recording medium, carry out photographic fixing simultaneously.

In addition, for toner of all kinds, above-mentioned photographic fixing operation can also can be carried out for the state of each colour toners with lamination once simultaneously carry out during transfer printing on aforementioned recording medium at every turn.

Above-mentioned pincers portion is that the mode that at least 2 above-mentioned fixing members are in contact with one another forms.

Surface pressure as above-mentioned pincers portion has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, but be preferably 5N/cm ²More than, 7～100N/cm more preferably ², 10～60N/cm more preferably ²If surface pressure that should pincers portion is too high, then the permanance of roller descends sometimes.On the other hand, if the not enough 5N/cm of the surface pressure of above-mentioned pincers portion ², then fixation performance is not enough sometimes.

As the above-mentioned temperature that makes image photographic fixing on aforementioned recording medium by toner (promptly, the surface temperature of the above-mentioned fixing member that causes by above-mentioned heating arrangement), has no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, but be preferably 120～170 ℃, more preferably 120～160 ℃.If 120 ℃ of above-mentioned fixing temperature less thaies, then fixation performance is not enough sometimes, if surpass 170 ℃, is worthless on realization is energy-conservation then.

As above-mentioned fixing device, can roughly be divided into (1) fixing device have roller and the band at least any, never the face that contacts with toner heats, and the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thus the mode (inner type of heating) of carrying out photographic fixing; (2) fixing device have in roller and the band at least any, heat from the face that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby the mode (external heating mode) of carrying out photographic fixing.In addition, also can use both combinations.

As the inside heating type fixing apparatus of above-mentioned (1), for example can enumerate the device that above-mentioned fixing member itself has internal heat.As this heating arrangement, for example can enumerate thermals source such as well heater, Halogen lamp LED.

As the fixing device of the external heating mode of above-mentioned (2), for example can enumerate the mode of utilizing heating arrangement that the part surface at least of at least one above-mentioned fixing member is heated.Heating arrangement as such has no particular limits, and can suitably select according to purpose, for example can enumerate electromagnetic induction heater etc.

As above-mentioned electromagnetic induction heater, have no particular limits, can suitably select according to purpose, preferably have the electromagnetic induction heater of the device that produces magnetic field and the device by the electromagnetic induction heating etc.

As above-mentioned electromagnetic induction heater, for example preferably by with above-mentioned fixing member (for example, warm-up mill) is close to the inductive coil that is provided with, the shielding layer that this inductive coil is set, is set at the insulation course formation that the relative side of face is set with the inductive coil of this shielding layer.At this moment, the mode that preferably constitutes of above-mentioned warm-up mill, mode of constituting by heat pipe etc. by magnetic.

Preferred above-mentioned inductive coil to be to coat the state of semicircular cylinder part at least, is set on the above-mentioned warm-up mill the relative side in contact site with above-mentioned warm-up mill and above-mentioned fixing member (for example, warm-up mill, endless belt etc.).

-inner heating type fixing apparatus-

Fig. 9 is the belt fixing device that an example of inner heating type fixing apparatus is shown.The belt fixing device 510 of this Fig. 9 possesses warm-up mill 511, fixing roller 512, photographic fixing band 513, backer roll 514.

Photographic fixing band 513 is heated to set point of temperature by being arranged at inner and rotatable warm-up mill 511 and fixing roller 512 suspensions by warm-up mill 511.Warm-up mill 511 is designed to following mode: built-in heating source 515, can carry out adjustment by being installed near warm-up mill 511 temperature sensors 517.Fixing roller 512 is configured in the inboard of photographic fixing band 513, Yi Bian and can contact with the inside surface of photographic fixing band 513 on one side and be rotated.Backer roll 514 is disposed at the outside of photographic fixing band 513, and contacts with the outside surface of photographic fixing band 513 in the mode of crimping fixing roller 512, and can be rotated.In addition, the skin hardness of photographic fixing band 513 is lower than the skin hardness of backer roll 514, among the N of pincers portion that between fixing roller 512 and backer roll 514, forms, be in the importing side end of recording medium S and discharge zone line between the side end and be positioned at a side of more being partial to fixing roller 512 than above-mentioned importing side end and above-mentioned discharge side end.

In fixing device shown in Figure 9 510, at first will carry out formation that photographic fixing handles the recording medium S of toner image T be delivered to warm-up mill 511.Then, be heated to the warm-up mill 511 and the photographic fixing band 513 of set point of temperature by the effect because of built-in heating source 515, the last toner image T of recording medium S is heated and becomes molten condition.Under this state, this recording medium S is inserted among the N of pincers portion that forms between fixing roller 512 and the backer roll 514.The recording medium S that inserts among the N of this pincers portion contacts with the surface of photographic fixing band 513, and photographic fixing band 513 is rotated by the rotation interlock with fixing roller 512 and backer roll 514, recording medium S is squeezed during by the above-mentioned pincers N of portion, toner image T on recording medium S by photographic fixing.

Then, toner image T, is peeled off from photographic fixing band 513, and is transported on the pallet (not shown) by between fixing roller 512 and the backer roll 514 by the recording medium S of photographic fixing.At this moment, recording medium S is discharged into deflection backer roll 514 1 sides, can prevent that recording medium S volume is attached on the photographic fixing band 513.In addition, photographic fixing band 513 is cleaned by clearer 516.

In addition, hot-rolling formula fixing device 515 shown in Figure 10 possesses as the warm-up mill 520 of above-mentioned fixing member and is in contact with it the backer roll 530 of setting.

Warm-up mill 520 has the metal cylinder 521 of hollow, is coated with anti-print through layer 522 on its surface, internal configurations heating lamp 523.In addition, backer roll 530 has metal cylinder 531, and its surface is coated with anti-print through layer 532.In addition, the metal cylinder 531 of backer roll 530 has hollow shape, and its inside can also be provided with heating lamp 533.

Warm-up mill 520 and backer roll 530 present crimped status by the application of force of spring (not shown), and are designed to and can rotate, and form the pincers N of portion.In addition, the skin hardness of the anti-print through layer 522 on the warm-up mill 520 is lower than the skin hardness of the anti-print through layer 532 on the backer roll 530, among the N of pincers portion that between warm-up mill 520 and backer roll 530, forms, be in the importing side end of recording medium S and discharge zone line between the side end and be positioned at a side of more being partial to warm-up mill 520 than above-mentioned importing side end and above-mentioned discharge side end.

In hot-rolling formula fixing device 515 shown in Figure 10, at first will carry out formation that photographic fixing handles the recording medium S of toner image T be delivered to the N of pincers portion of warm-up mill 520 and backer roll 530.Then, be heated to the warm-up mill 520 of set point of temperature by effect because of built-in heating 523, the last toner image T of recording medium S is heated and becomes molten condition, simultaneously the time by the N of pincers portion, recording medium S is subjected to the pressure extrusion of backer roll 530, toner image T photographic fixing on recording medium S.

Then, toner image T is passed through between warm-up mill 520 and the backer roll 530 by the recording medium S of photographic fixing, and is transported on the pallet (not shown).At this moment, recording medium S is discharged into deflection backer roll 530 1 sides, prevents that recording medium S volume is attached on the backer roll 530.In addition, warm-up mill 520 is cleaned by clearer (not shown).

The fixing device of-external heating mode-

Figure 11 is the electromagnetic induction heating type fixing device 570 of an example that the fixing device of external heating mode is shown.This electromagnetic induction heating type fixing device 570 has warm-up mill 566, fixing roller 580, photographic fixing band 567, backer roll 590 and electromagnetic induction heater 560.

Photographic fixing band 567 is heated to the temperature of regulation by being set at inner rotatable warm-up mill 566 and fixing roller 580 suspensions by warm-up mill 566.

Warm-up mill 566 has for example hollow cylindrical magnetic metal parts of iron, cobalt, nickel or their materials such as metal alloy, is set to for example external diameter 20～40mm, and wall thickness 0.3～1.0mm has formed the fast structure of low heat capacity and programming rate.

Fixing roller 580 has for example metallic mandrel 581 such as stainless steel, its surface has coated makes solid shape or foaming shape and the elastic layer 582 that forms with organic silicon rubber, fixing roller 580 is disposed at the inboard of photographic fixing band 567, Yi Bian and can contact with the inside surface of photographic fixing band 567 on one side and be rotated.For fixing roller 580, for the pressure that produces by backer roll 590 forms the N of pincers portion of Rack between backer roll and fixing roller 580, its external diameter is set to about 20～40mm, and is bigger than warm-up mill 566.The wall thickness of the elastic layer 582 that forms is about 4～6mm, and makes the thermal capacitance of ratio of specific heat fixing roller 580 of warm-up mill 566 little, to seek to shorten the heating-up time of warm-up mill 566.

Backer roll 590 has the mandrel 591 that for example is made of the high metal cylinder part of thermal conductivity such as copper, aluminium, its surface is coated with thermotolerance and the high elastic layer 592 of toner release property, backer roll 590 is set at the outside of photographic fixing band 567, and the mode according to crimping fixing roller 580 contacts with the outside surface of photographic fixing band 567, and can rotate.In addition, except that above-mentioned metal, mandrel 591 can also use SUS.

Electromagnetic induction heater 560 be set at warm-up mill 566 near, and towards warm-up mill 566 axially.Electromagnetic induction heater 560 has field coil 561 as magnetic field generation device, is wound with the coil guide plate 562 of this field coil 561.Coil guide plate 562 has formed and has been disposed near the semicircle tubular of warm-up mill 566 outer peripheral faces, and field coil 561 forms a long excitation wire rod along this coil guide plate 562 by axially twining alternately of warm-up mill 566.In addition, the oscillatory circuit of field coil 561 is connected on the driving power (not shown) of changeable frequency.In the outside of field coil 561, the semicircle tubular excitation wire core 563 that is formed by kicker magnets such as ferrites is fixed on the excitation core holding components 564 and is configured near the field coil 561.

In the fixing device 570 of electromagnetic induction heating type shown in Figure 11, if field coil 561 energisings to electromagnetic induction heater 560, then form alternating magnetic field near this electromagnetic induction heater 560, approaching with field coil 561, and be in warm-up mill 566 under the state that is surrounded by this field coil 561 and be subjected to the excitation of excess current and evenly and effectively heated.Carry out the recording medium that is formed with toner image T that photographic fixing handles and be transported to the N of pincers portion between fixing roller 580 and the backer roll 590.Then, be heated to the warm-up mill 566 of set point of temperature by effect because of electromagnetic induction heater 560, and by the photographic fixing band 567 that is subjected to the contact site W1 of this warm-up mill 566 heating, the last toner image T of recording medium S is heated and becomes molten condition.In this state, this recording medium S is inserted into the N of pincers portion that forms between fixing roller 580 and the backer roll 590.The recording medium S that inserts among the N of this pincers portion contacts with the surface of photographic fixing band 567, and photographic fixing band 567 is rotated by the rotation interlock with fixing roller 580 and backer roll 590, recording medium S is squeezed toner image T photographic fixing on recording medium S during by the above-mentioned pincers N of portion.

Then, toner image T, is peeled off from photographic fixing band 567, and is transported on the pallet (not shown) by between fixing roller 580 and the backer roll 590 by the recording medium S of photographic fixing.At this moment, recording medium S is discharged into deflection backer roll 590 1 sides, prevents that recording medium S volume is attached on the photographic fixing band 567.In addition, photographic fixing band 567 is cleaned by clearer (not shown).

In addition, the roller fixing device 525 of way of electromagnetic induction shown in Figure 12 possess fixing roller 520, be in contact with it the backer roll 530 of setting as above-mentioned fixing member, from the electromagnetic induction heating source 540 of outside heat fixing roll 520 and backer roll.

Fixing roller 520 has mandrel 521, and its surface is insulated elastic layer 522, heating layer 523 and release layer 524 successively and covers.In addition, warm-up mill 530 has mandrel 531, and its surface is insulated elastic layer 532, heating layer 533 and release layer 534 successively and covers.In addition, release layer 524 and release layer 534 are formed by tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether (PFA).

Fixing roller 520 and backer roll 530 present crimped status by the application of force of spring (not shown), and are designed to and can rotate, and form the pincers N of portion.

Electromagnetic induction heating source 540 is separately positioned near fixing roller 520 and the backer roll 530, by electromagnetic induction heating layer 523 and heating layer 533 is heated.

In fixing device shown in Figure 12, evenly and effectively carry out preheating by 540 pairs of fixing rollers 520 of electromagnetic induction heater and backer roll 530.In addition, owing to be the combination of roller and roller, therefore being implemented in the N of pincers portion easily forms high surface pressure.

＜cleaning process and cleaning device 〉

Above-mentioned cleaning process is that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported the operation that toner residual on the body is removed, and is preferably undertaken by cleaning device.

In addition, above-mentioned developing apparatus has and supports the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and in the latent electrostatic image developing that above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported form on the body, reclaim this electrostatic latent image and support toner residual on the body, thereby the cleaning (no manner of cleaning up) of cleaning device can be set.

As above-mentioned cleaning device, have no particular limits, support toner residual on the body as long as can remove above-mentioned electrostatic latent image, can from known clearer, suitably select, for example can enumerate magnetic brush clearer, static bruss clearer, magnetic roller clearer, cleaning cutter, brush clearer, net formula clearer etc.Wherein preferred especially toner is removed ability height, small-sized and cheap cleaning cutter.

As the material of the rubber tapping knife that uses in the cleaning cutter, for example can enumerate urethane rubber, organic silicon rubber, fluororubber, chloroprene rubber, butadiene rubber etc., wherein special optimization polyurethane rubber.

Here, Figure 13 amplifies the key diagram of demonstration to supporting the position 615 that body contacts with electrostatic latent image in the cleaning cutter 613.Toner blocking surface 617 is set in cleaning on the cutter 613, has formed from the contact site 615 between the surface of this blocking surface and photoconductor drum 1 and supported the space S that the upstream side of the sense of rotation of body is opened to electrostatic latent image.In the present embodiment, toner blocking surface 617 extends from the upstream side of contact portion 615 to the sense of rotation of photoconductor drum 1, makes space S become acute angle.

As shown in figure 13, be provided with the coated portion 618 as high friction position on the toner blocking surface 617, the friction factor of this part is higher than cleaning cutter 613.This coated portion 618 is to be formed than the high material (high friction material) of material that forms cleaning cutter 613 by friction factor.As this high friction material, for example can enumerate DLC (similar adamantine carbon) etc.Also have, high friction material is not limited to DLC.In the scope that coated portion 618 is set on the toner blocking surface 617 not with the surface of photoconductor drum 1 contacts.

In addition, though illustrate, cleaning device possesses toner that recovery scrapes the remaining toner of getting by the cleaning cutter and reclaims blade, toner is reclaimed the toner recovery cylinder etc. that remaining toner that blade reclaims is transported to recovery section.

The image processing system of-no manner of cleaning up-

Figure 14 is the example of image processing system that the no manner of cleaning up of developing apparatus double as cleaning device is shown.

In Figure 14,1 expression supports the photoconductor drum of body as electrostatic latent image, 620 expressions are as the brush Charging system of contact electrification device, 603 expressions are as the exposure device of exposure device, 604 expressions are as the developing apparatus of developing apparatus, 640 expression cartons, 650 expression roll-type transfer devices, P represents recording medium.

In the image processing system of this no manner of cleaning up, the transfer printing remaining toner on photoconductor drum 1 surface arrives the position of the contact electrification device 620 that contacts with photoconductor drum 1 by the rotation of follow-up photoconductor drum 1, the magnetic brush part (not shown) of the brush live part 621 that is contacted with photoconductor drum 1 is temporary transient to be reclaimed, the toner of this recovery is injected into the surface of photoconductor drum 1 once more and finally is developed agent with developer in developing apparatus 604 and supports body 631 recovery, and photoconductor drum 1 moves repeatedly and uses it for the formation image.

Here, developing apparatus 604 double as cleaning devices are meant by development bias voltage (putting on the potential difference (PD) between the surface potential that developer supports DC voltage on the body 631 and photoconductor drum 1) and reclaim the method that residues in a little toner on the photoconductor drum 1 after the transfer printing.

In the image processing system of the no manner of cleaning up of such developing apparatus double as cleaning device, because the transfer printing remaining toner is developed device 604 and reclaims, be used to later operation afterwards, therefore there is not used toner, Maintenance free, become the system of cleaner-less, therefore consider advantage also clearly, can make image processing system realize miniaturization significantly from the aspect, space.

＜other operation and other device 〉

Thereby the above-mentioned electrician's preface of removing is above-mentioned electrostatic latent image to be supported body apply the operation of removing electricity except that electrical bias, is preferably undertaken by neutralizer.

As the above-mentioned electrician's preface of removing, have no particular limits, apply except that electrical bias as long as can support body above-mentioned electrostatic latent image, can remove suitably selection the electrical equipment from known, for example preferably enumerate except that electric light etc.

Above-mentioned recycle operation is that the above-mentioned electrofax tinter that will remove in the above-mentioned cleaning process is recycled to the operation in the above-mentioned developing apparatus, is preferably undertaken by recirculator.As above-mentioned recirculator, have no particular limits, for example can enumerate known conveying device etc.

Above-mentioned control operation is the operation of above-mentioned each operation of control, is preferably undertaken by control device.

As above-mentioned control device, have no particular limits, as long as can control the operation of above-mentioned each device, can suitably select according to purpose, for example, can enumerate machines such as timer, computing machine.

-image processing system and image forming method-

Then, with reference to Figure 15, a scheme utilizing image processing system of the present invention to implement image forming method of the present invention is described.Image processing system 100 shown in Figure 15 possess as electrostatic latent image support the photoconductor drum 10 of body, as the charged roller 20 of Charging system, utilize exposure 30 that the exposure device as exposure device carries out, as developing apparatus developing apparatus 40, intermediate transfer body 50, as the cleaning cutter 60 of cleaning device with remove electric light 70 as neutralizer.

Intermediate transfer body 50 is the endless belt, and it is designed to by being set at its inside and to three rollers 51 that it hangs, moving by the direction of arrow among the figure.The part of three rollers 51 also plays following effect, that is, and and as the bias voltage roller that can apply the bias voltage (primary transfer bias voltage) of regulation to middle transfer article 50.In intermediate transfer body 50, disposed intermediate transfer body and function cleaning cutter 90 near it, in addition, as being set at the direction relative to the transfer roll 80 that recording medium 95 applies the above-mentioned transfer device of the transfer bias that is used for transfer printing (secondary transfer printing) visual image (toner image) with it.Around intermediate transfer body 50, be provided with the corona charging device 58 that is used for the visual image on this intermediate transfer body 50 is given electric charge, this corona charging device 58 is set at the contact site that electrostatic latent image on the sense of rotation of this intermediate transfer body 50 supports body 10 and intermediate transfer body 50, and between the contact site of intermediate transfer body 50 and recording medium 95.

Black developing cell 45K, yellow developing cell 45Y, pinkish red developing cell 45M and cyan developing cell 45C that developing apparatus 40 is arranged at around this strip-like developing pipe 41 by the strip-like developing pipe 41 that supports body as developer, simultaneously constitute.In addition, black developing cell 45K possesses developer receptacle part 42K, developer supply roller 43K and developer roll 44K.Yellow developing cell 45Y possesses developer receptacle part 42Y, developer supply roller 43Y and developer roll 44Y.Pinkish red developing cell 45M possesses developer receptacle part 42M, developer supply roller 43M and developer roll 44M.Cyan developing cell 45C possesses developer receptacle part 42C, developer supply roller 43C and developer roll 44C.In addition, strip-like developing pipe 41 is endless belts, carries out rotatable suspension by a plurality of band rollers, and a part supports body 10 with electrostatic latent image and contacts.

In image processing system shown in Figure 15 100, at first make photoconductor drum 10 charged equally with charged roller 20.Exposure device (not shown) exposes 30 to the image on the photoconductor drum 10, thereby forms electrostatic latent image.Provide toner from developing apparatus 40 to the electrostatic latent image that photoconductor drum 10 forms, thereby form visual image.To intermediate transfer body 50, transfer printing again (secondary transfer printing) is to recording medium 95 with this visual image transfer printing (primary transfer) for the voltage that applies by roller 51.As a result, just formed transferred image on the recording medium 95.In addition, electrostatic latent image supports toner residual on the body 10 and is removed by cleaning cutter 60, by removing electric light 70 electrostatic latent image is supported disposable the removing of static on the body 10.

Then, with reference to Figure 16, another scheme of utilizing image processing system of the present invention to implement image forming method of the present invention is described.Image processing system 100 shown in Figure 16 does not possess and supports the strip-like developing pipe 41 of body as developer in the image processing system shown in Figure 15 100, electrostatic latent image support body 10 around, black developing cell 45K, yellow developing cell 45Y, pinkish red developing cell 45M, cyan developing cell 45C have been equipped with in direct relative mode, in addition, have the formation identical, and show same action effect with image processing system shown in Figure 15 100.Also have, in Figure 16, the part identical with Figure 15 is with identical symbolic representation.

-tandem type image processing system and image forming method-

With reference to Figure 17, another scheme of utilizing image processing system of the present invention to implement image forming method of the present invention is described.Tandem type image processing system shown in Figure 17 is that the tandem type coloured image forms device.This tandem type coloured image forms device and possesses copy device main body 150, paper feeding platform 200, scanner 300 and master copy automatic conveying device (ADF) 400.

The central part of copy device main body 150 is provided with endless belt-shaped intermediate transfer body 50.Intermediate transfer body 50 is suspended on backing

roll

14,15 and 16, is set in Figure 17 and can rotates in the direction of the clock.Dispose the intermediate transfer body cleaning device 17 that is used to remove toner residual on the intermediate transfer body 50 near the backing roll 15.In backing roll 14 and the 15 intermediate transfer bodies 50 that hang, dispose tandem type developing apparatus 120, wherein the throughput direction along intermediate transfer body 50 relatively disposes these four kinds of image processing systems 18 of yellow, cyan, magenta and black.Dispose exposure device 21 near the tandem type developing apparatus 120.In intermediate transfer body 50, a side relative with a side of configuration tandem type developing apparatus 120 disposes secondary transfer printing device 22.In secondary transfer printing device 22, be suspended on the pair of rolls 23 as the secondary transfer printing band 24 of endless belt, the recording medium that is transported on the secondary transfer printing band 24 can be in contact with one another with intermediate transfer body 50.Dispose fixing device 25 near the secondary transfer printing device 22.

In addition, be used to overturn the turning device 28 of this recording medium in order to form image on the two sides of recording medium, to dispose near secondary transfer printing device 22 and the fixing device 25.

Then, the formation (color photocopying) to the full-colour image of use in the tandem type image processing system 120 describes.That is, at first on the document board 130 of master copy automatic conveying device (ADF) 400, place original copy, or open master copy automatic conveying device 400, on the contact glass 32 of scanner 300, place original copy, close master copy automatic conveying device 400.

If started by press switch (not shown), when then on master copy automatic conveying device 400, placing original copy, original copy be transferred and move to the contact glass 32 on after, on the other hand, direct driven sweep device 300 when placing original copy on contact glass 32 moves the 1st moving body 33 and the 2nd moving body 34.At this moment, utilize the 1st moving body 33 from light source irradiation light, the reflected light that sends with the specularly reflected original copy surface on the 2nd moving body 34 simultaneously, make read sensor 36 be subjected to light by the image convergent lens, thereby read colored original (coloured image), form the image information of black, yellow, magenta, cyan.

Then, respectively the image information of black, yellow, magenta, cyan is sent to tandem type image processing system 120 each image processing system 18 (black with each image processing system, yellow with each image processing system, magenta with each image processing system and each image processing system of cyan) in, in each image processing system, form the various images of black, yellow, magenta, cyan.Promptly, as shown in figure 18, each image processing system 18 (each image processing system of black in the tandem type image processing system 120, yellow each image processing system of using, pinkish red with each image processing system and each image processing system of cyan) possess electrostatic latent image respectively and support body 10 (black supports body 10K with electrostatic latent image, yellow supports body 10Y with electrostatic latent image, magenta supports body 10M with electrostatic latent image and cyan supports body 10C with electrostatic latent image), make this electrostatic latent image support body 10 same charged Charging systems 160, make above-mentioned electrostatic latent image support body exposure (L among Figure 18) based on each color image information and become the image corresponding with each coloured image, support the exposure device of the electrostatic latent image corresponding of formation on the body with each coloured image at this electrostatic latent image, use each color toner (black toner, Yellow toner, pinkish red toner and cyan toner) make this latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus 61 of the toner image of each color toner, be used to make this toner image to be transferred to transfer belt electrical equipment 62 on the intermediate transfer body 50, cleaning device 63 and remove electrical equipment 64 can form each monochrome image (black image based on each color image information, yellow image, pinkish red image and cyan image).This black image, this yellow image, this magenta image and this cyan image as such formation, be rotated on the mobile intermediate transfer body 50 by backing roll 14,15 and 16, respectively transfer printing successively (primary transfer) black supports body 10K with electrostatic latent image and goes up the black image that forms, yellowly supports body 10Y with electrostatic latent image and go up the yellow image that forms, pinkish redly support body 10M with electrostatic latent image and go up the product color image that forms and cyan and support body 10C with electrostatic latent image and go up the cyan image that forms.As a result, above-mentioned black image, above-mentioned yellow image, pinkish red image and cyan image on intermediate transfer body 50, have formed coloured image (colour transfer image) with regard to superimposed.

On the other hand, in paper feeding platform 200, one of feed roll 142 is optionally rotated, from paper storehouse 143, give one of carton 144 the middle recording medium that takes out with what the multilayer mode was equipped with, utilize separate roller 145 to be separated into individual, send into paper feeding passage 146, utilize conveying roller 147 to carry, import in the paper feeding passage 148 in the duplicating machine main body 150, touch and stop after stopping roller 49.Perhaps, make feed roll 142 rotation, manually the recording medium on the taking-up dish 54 utilizes separate roller 52 to be separated into individual, imports manual paper feeding passage 53, stops after stopping roller 49 touching equally.In addition, stop roller 49 normally ground connection use, but in order to remove the paper powder of aforementioned recording medium, also can use with the state that applies bias voltage.And, combined color image (colour transfer image) synthetic on the middle transfer article 50 is carried out adjusted in concert, make and stop roller 49 rotations, recording medium is sent between intermediate transfer body 50 and the secondary transfer printing device 22, utilize secondary transfer printing device 22 with this combined color image (colour transfer image) transfer printing (secondary transfer printing) to this recording medium, thereby transfer printing forms coloured image on this recording medium.In addition, residual toner is disposed by intermediate transfer body cleaning device 17 on the intermediate transfer body 50 after the image transfer printing.

Transfer printing has formed the aforementioned recording medium of above-mentioned coloured image and has carried by secondary transfer printing device 22, be transported in the fixing device 25, in this fixing device 25, utilize heat and pressure to make above-mentioned combined color image (colour transfer image) photographic fixing on aforementioned recording medium.Then, utilizing switching pawl 55 to switch and pass through distributing roller 56 discharges, and on the row's of being stacked in paper disc 57, perhaps utilization switching pawl 55 switches and utilizes turning device 28 to overturn, import to transfer position again, carry out image recording overleaf, discharge by distributing roller 56 then, and on the row's of being stacked in paper disc 57.

＜container packed with toner 〉

Above-mentioned container packed with toner is a container of taking in above-mentioned toner or above-mentioned developer.

As said vesse, be not particularly limited, can from known container, suitably select, for example preferably enumerate container with toner container main body and lid.

As the toner container main body, its size, shape, structure and material are not particularly limited, and can suitably select according to purpose.For example, above-mentioned shape is preferably cylindrical shape etc., and it is concavo-convex that preferred especially circumferential surface has formed spiral fashion, can make as the toner of content by rotation and transfer to outlet, and part or all of this spiral part has bellows action.

Material as the toner container main body, be not particularly limited, the material that the preferred size precision is good, for example preferably enumerate resin, wherein, preferably enumerate vibrin, polyvinyl resin, acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, Corvic, polyacrylic acid resinoid, polycarbonate resin, ABS resin and polyacetal resin etc.

Above-mentioned container packed with toner is easy to store, transportation, and the property handled excellence can be preferred for releasably installing and additional toner in handle box of the present invention, the image processing system etc.

(handle box)

Handle box of the present invention has the electrostatic latent image that supports electrostatic latent image at least and supports body, makes by toner and be supported on the latent electrostatic image developing that electrostatic latent image supports on the body and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and has other devices such as Charging system, exposure device, transfer device, cleaning device and neutralizer of suitably selecting as required.

As above-mentioned vibrin, can use with above-mentioned image processing system and image forming method in the identical resin of resin that illustrates.

Above-mentioned developing apparatus has the developer receptacle container of taking in above-mentioned toner or above-mentioned developer at least and supports and carry the toner taken in the above-mentioned developer receptacle container or the developer of developer supports body, is used to control developer and supports layer thickness control parts of the toner thickness that supports on the body etc. but also can have.Specifically, preferably use the monocomponent type developing apparatus that illustrates in above-mentioned image processing system and the image forming method and in the bi-component developing apparatus any.

In addition, as above-mentioned Charging system, exposure device, transfer device, cleaning device and neutralizer, can suitably select the device identical to use with above-mentioned image processing system.

Above-mentioned handle box can releasably be arranged in image processing system, facsimile recorder and the printer of various electronic photographing devices, especially preferably releasably is set in the above-mentioned image processing system of the present invention.

Here, for example, as shown in figure 19, above-mentioned handle box is built-in with electrostatic latent image and supports body 101, and comprises Charging system 102, developing apparatus 104, transfer device 108, cleaning device 107, can also have other device as required.Among Figure 19, the exposure of 103 expression exposure devices, 105 expression recording mediums.

If utilize handle box explanation image formation process shown in Figure 19, then making electrostatic latent image support body 101 on one side rotates along the direction of arrow, 102 charged on one side by Charging system, by exposure device (not shown) exposure 103, form electrostatic latent image in its surface corresponding to exposure image.This electrostatic latent image develops by developing apparatus 104, and the visual image that is obtained is transferred on the recording medium 105 by transfer device 108, and prints.Then, the electrostatic latent image after the image transfer printing supports the surface by cleaning device 107 cleanings, and utilizes neutralizer (not shown) to remove electricity, repeats above operation again.

Embodiment

Below, embodiments of the invention are described, but the present invention is not subjected to any restriction of following examples.

In following embodiment and comparative example, " softening point of vibrin ", " glass transition temperature of vibrin (Tg) ", " softening point of rosin ", " acid number of vibrin and rosin ", " hydroxyl value of vibrin ", " molecular weight is the content of the low molecular weight compositions below 500 ", " the SP value of rosin " and " the acrylic acid modification degree of (methyl) of rosin " are measured by following method.

The mensuration of＜vibrin softening point 〉

(Shimadzu Seisakusho Ltd. makes to adopt the flowing test instrument, CFT-500D), to heat as each polyesters binder resin of 1g of sample programming rate with 6 ℃/minute, the load of 1.96MPa is provided by plunger simultaneously, is that 1mm, length are to extrude the nozzle of 1mm with it from diameter, make the curve of the plunger slippage of flowing test instrument, sample is flowed out the temperature of half amount as softening point with respect to temperature.

The mensuration of the glass transition temperature of＜vibrin (Tg) 〉

(Seiko Instruments Inc makes to adopt differential scanning calorimeter, DSC210), to in the aluminium dish, measure as each polyesters binder resin of 0.01～0.02g of sample, be warmed up to 200 ℃, to be cooled to 0 ℃ sample with 10 ℃/minute cooling rate from this temperature and heat up with 10 ℃/minute programming rate, the base-line extension that the peak-peak temperature of will absorb heat then is following and from the beginning rising part at peak to the peak value summit in the temperature of intersection point of tangent line of demonstration maximum slope as glass transition temperature.

The mensuration of＜rosin softening point 〉

(1) preparation of sample

Adopt hot plate, with 10g rosin 170 ℃ of following fusions 2 hours.Then, at open state, temperature is that 25 ℃, relative humidity are that natural cooling 1 hour pulverized for 10 seconds with coffee crusher (National MK-61M), the preparation sample under 50% the environment.

(2) measure

(Shimadzu Seisakusho Ltd. makes to use the flowing test instrument, CFT-500D), the programming rate of 1g sample with 6 ℃/minute heated, the load of 1.96MPa is provided by plunger simultaneously, is that 1mm, length are to extrude the nozzle of 1mm with it from diameter, make the curve of the plunger slippage of flowing test instrument, sample is flowed out the temperature of half amount as softening point with respect to temperature.

The acid number of＜vibrin and rosin 〉

Method based on JIS K0070 is measured.But, only will measure solvent becomes acetone and toluene from the mixed solvent of the ethanol of JISK0070 regulation and ether mixed solvent (acetone: toluene=1: 1 (volume ratio)).

The hydroxyl value of＜vibrin 〉

Method based on JISK0070 is measured.

＜molecular weight is the content of the low molecular weight compositions below 500 〉

Adopt gel permeation chromatography (GPC) determining molecular weight to distribute.At first, the 10mL tetrahydrofuran is joined in each polyesters binder resin of 30mg, after 1 hour, the employing hole dimension is that the fluororesin filtrator [FP-200] (Sumitomo Electrics Industry Ltd's manufacturing) of 2 μ m filters with the bowl mill mixing, remove undissolved composition, the preparation sample solution.

Then, make as the tetrahydrofuran of eluant speed and flow, in 40 ℃ calibration cell, make post stable, inject 100 μ L sample solutions and measure with per minute 1mL.In addition, use [GMHLX+G3000HXL] (bundle ソ one Co., Ltd. makes) in the analytical column, the typical curve of molecular weight is to use 2.63 * 10 of multiple monodispersed polystyrene (East ソ-Co., Ltd.'s manufacturing ³, 2.06 * 10 ⁴, 1.02 * 10 ⁵, JL Sciences company make 2.10 * 10 ³, 7.00 * 10 ³, 5.04 * 10 ⁴) make as standard sample.

Then, molecular weight is the content (%) of the low molecular weight compositions below 500, calculates with the ratio of this regional area in the figure line area that adopts RI (refractive index) detecting device to obtain.

The mensuration of the SP value of＜rosin 〉

After the sample of 2.1g molten condition being flow in the ring of regulation, cool to room temperature then based on JIS B7410, adopts following condition to measure.

Mensuration machine: the automatic softening point test instrument of global formula (ASP-MGK2, the メイテ of Co., Ltd. Star Network is made)

Programming rate: 5 ℃/minute

The beginning temperature heats up: 40 ℃

Measure solvent: glycerine

The present invention 1 embodiment A is as follows.

The mensuration of (methyl) acrylic acid modified degree of＜rosin 〉

(methyl) acrylic acid modified degree of aforementioned rosin adopts following mathematical expression (1A) to calculate.

[mathematical expression 2A]

In above-mentioned mathematical expression (1A), X1 represents to calculate the SP value of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin of modification degree.X ₂Expression makes 1 mole of (methyl) acrylic acid and 1 mole of rosin react the saturated SP value that obtains (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin.Y represents the SP value of rosin.

Saturated SP value is the SP value when instigating the reaction of (methyl) acrylic acid and rosin to proceed to SP value value of reaching capacity of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin that is obtained.In addition, for the molecular weight of 1mol rosin, if with acid number as x (mgKOH/g), then with respect to 1g rosin, potassium hydroxide (molecular weight: 56.1) with xmg (x * 10 ^-3G) react, therefore can calculate according to molecular weight=(56100 ÷ x).

(synthesis example 1)

-rosin refining-

With 1, the 000g toll oil rosin joins in the cucurbit of the 2000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, distills under the decompression of 1kPa, gather 195 ℃～250 ℃ distillate composition as main fractions.Below, the toll oil rosin that will be used to make with extra care is as unpurified rosin, and the rosin that will gather as main fractions is as resin.

Use coffee crusher (National MK-61M), each 20g rosin was pulverized for 5 seconds, metering is taked in the phial (20mL) that 0.5g uses to head space by the material of aperture 1mm sieve.Sampling head space gas with the impurity in not resin and the resin in such a way, is analyzed by GC with Headspace-MS method.The results are shown in table 1A.

The condition determination of＜GC with Headspace-MS method 〉

A. (Agilent company makes headspace sampler, HP7694)

Specimen temperature: 200 ℃

Ring temperature: 200 ℃

Transmission line temperature: 200 ℃

Sample heating equilibration time: 30 minutes

Phial gas-pressurized: helium (He)

Phial pressing time: 0.3 minute

The ring filling time: 0.03 minute

Ring equilibration time: 0.3 minute

Injection length: 1 minute

(Agilent company makes B.GC (gas chromatograph), HP6890)

Analytical column: DB-1 (60m-320 μ m-5 μ m)

Carrier: helium (He)

Flow condition: 1mL/ minute

Inlet temperature: 210 ℃

Column head pressure: 34.2kPa

Injection way: split

Split ratio: 10: 1

Oven temperature condition: 45 ℃ (3 minutes)-10 ℃/minute-280 ℃ (15 minutes)

(Agilent company makes C.MS (mass analysis), HP5973)

Ionization method: EI (electron bombardment) method

Interface temperature: 280 ℃

Ion source temperature: 230 ℃

Quadruple utmost point temperature: 150 ℃

Detecting pattern: Scan 29～350m/s

[table 1A]

	Caproic acid	Valeric acid	Benzaldehyde	N-hexyl aldehyde	2-amyl furan	The SP value (℃)	Acid number (mgKOH/g)	1 mole
						The SP value (℃)			Softening point (℃)
						Resin not			Softening point (℃)	0.9×10 ⁷	0.6×10 ⁷	0.6×10 ⁷	1.8×10 ⁷	1.1×10 ⁷	77.0	169	332
74.3															77.0
74.3	Resin	0.4×10 ⁷	0.2×10 ⁷	0.2×10 ⁷	1.4×10 ⁷		0.7×10 ⁷	76.8	166						338
75.1								76.8

＜used the not mensuration of the saturated SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin of resin 〉

Resin (SP value: 77.0 ℃) and 72g (1mol) acrylic acid do not join in the flask of the 1000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel with 332g (1mol), and in 8 hours, temperature is risen to 230 ℃ from 160 ℃, after confirming that 230 ℃ of following SP values no longer rise, under the decompression of 5.3kPa, unreacted acrylic acid and low-boiling point material are removed in distillation, obtain acrylic acid modified rosin.The SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin that obtains, promptly having used not, the saturated SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin of resin is 110.1 ℃.

＜used the mensuration of saturated SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin of resin 〉

338g (1mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃) and 72g (1mol) acrylic acid are joined in the flask of the 1000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, in 8 hours, temperature is risen to 230 ℃ from 160 ℃, after confirming that 230 ℃ of following SP values no longer rise, under the decompression of 5.3kPa, unreacted acrylic acid and low-boiling point material are removed in distillation, obtain acrylic acid modified rosin.The SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin that obtains, promptly having used the saturated SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin of resin is 110.4 ℃.

(synthesis example 2)

-acrylic acid modified rosin A synthetic-

6084g (18mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃) and 907.9g (12.6mol) acrylic acid are joined in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, and in 8 hours, temperature is risen to 220 ℃ from 160 ℃, after reacting 2 hours under 220 ℃, then under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill, obtain acrylic acid modified rosin A.The SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin A that obtains is 110.4 ℃, and acrylic acid modified degree is 100.

(synthesis example 3)

-acrylic acid modified rosin B synthetic-

6084g (18mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃) and 648.5g (9.0mol) acrylic acid are joined in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, and in 8 hours, temperature is risen to 220 ℃ from 160 ℃, after reacting 2 hours under 220 ℃, then under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill, obtain acrylic acid modified rosin B.The SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin B that obtains is 99.1 ℃, and acrylic acid modified degree is 66.4.

(synthesis example 4)

-acrylic acid modified rosin C synthetic-

6084g (18mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃) and 259.4g (3.6mol) acrylic acid are joined in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, and in 8 hours, temperature is risen to 220 ℃ from 160 ℃, after reacting 2 hours under 220 ℃, then under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill, obtain acrylic acid modified rosin C.The SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin C that obtains is 91.9 ℃, and acrylic acid modified degree is 44.9.

(synthesis example 5)

-acrylic acid modified rosin D synthetic-

Resin (SP value: 77.0 ℃) and 907.6g (12mol) acrylic acid do not join in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel with 5976g (18mol), and in 8 hours, temperature is risen to 220 ℃ from 160 ℃, after reacting 2 hours under 250 ℃, then under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill, obtain acrylic acid modified rosin D.The SP value of the acrylic acid modified rosin D that obtains is 110.1 ℃, and acrylic acid modified degree is 100.

(synthesis example 6～10 and 12～13)

-polyesters binder resin 1～5 and 7～8 synthetic-

Pure composition shown in the table 2A, carboxylic acid composition and the esterification catalyst outside the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride are joined in the four-hole boiling flask of the 5L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, nitrogen ingress pipe, dehydrating tube, stirrer and thermopair, in blanket of nitrogen, 160 ℃ of following polycondensation reactions after 2 hours, with 6 hours temperature is increased to 210 ℃, then, carry out reaction in 1 hour under 66kPa, wherein this fractionating column has assembled the reflux condensing tube of the cold water that is connected with room temperature at an upper portion thereof, and feeds 98 ℃ warm water therein.After being cooled to 200 ℃, drop into the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride, after normal pressure (101.3kPa) reacts 1 hour down, be warmed up to 210 ℃, under 40kPa, react up to reaching desirable softening point, synthesizing polyester class binder resin 1～5 and 7～8.

(synthesis example 11)

-polyesters binder resin 6 synthetic-

With table shown in the 2A remove the pure composition outside the glycerine, carboxylic acid composition and the esterification catalyst of removing outside the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride joins in the four-hole boiling flask of the 5L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, nitrogen ingress pipe, dehydrating tube, stirrer and thermopair, in blanket of nitrogen, 160 ℃ of following polycondensation reactions after 2 hours, with 6 hours temperature is increased to 210 ℃, then, under 66kPa, carry out 1 hour reaction, wherein this fractionating column has been equipped the reflux condensing tube of the cold water that is connected with room temperature at an upper portion thereof, and feeds 98 ℃ warm water therein.After being cooled to 180 ℃, drop into glycerine, be warmed up to 200 ℃ with 5 ℃/30 minutes speed then.Then, at 200 ℃, reaction is after 1 hour down for normal pressure (101.3kPa), and reaction is 1 hour under 66kPa.Afterwards, drop into the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride, after normal pressure (101.3kPa) reacts 11 hours down, be warmed up to 210 ℃, under 40kPa, react up to reaching desirable softening point, synthesizing polyester class binder resin 6.

[table 2A]

		Synthetic embodiment
		Synthetic embodiment								6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13
		Polyesters binder resin sequence number		1	2	3	4	5	6	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	7	8
The alcohol composition	1, the 2-propylene glycol	Polyesters binder resin sequence number		1	2	3	4	5	6	889g	889g	889g	1254g	740g	889g	721g	1064g	7	8
	1, the 2-propylene glycol	1, ammediol	258g	258g	258g	-	-	258g	-	889g	889g	889g	1254g	740g	889g	721g	1064g	-
	1, the 4-butylene glycol	1, ammediol	258g	258g	258g	-	-	258g	-	-	-	-	-	252g	-	-	-	-
	1, the 4-butylene glycol	BPA-PO ^*	-	-	-	-	-	-	882g	-	-	-	-	252g	-	-	-	-
	Glycerine	BPA-PO ^*	-	-	-	-	-	-	882g	166g	166g	166g	-	135g	166g	-	-	-
	Glycerine	The carboxylic acid composition	Terephthalic acid (TPA)	2108g	2108g	2108g	2054g	1809g	2108g	166g	166g	166g	-	135g	166g	-	-	1195g	1720g
Trimellitic anhydride	307g		Terephthalic acid (TPA)	2108g	2108g	2108g	2054g	1809g	2108g	307g	307g	380g	100g	307g	277g	54g		1195g	1720g
Trimellitic anhydride	307g		Unpurified rosin ^*	-	-	-	-	-	-	307g	307g	380g	100g	307g	277g	54g	-	1027g
Acrylic acid modified rosin A	764g		Unpurified rosin ^*	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	252g	878g	-	932g	-	-	1027g
Acrylic acid modified rosin A	764g		Acrylic acid modified rosin B	-	764g	-	-	-	-	-	-	252g	878g	-	932g	-	-	-
Acrylic acid modified rosin C	-		Acrylic acid modified rosin B	-	764g	-	-	-	-	-	764g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Acrylic acid modified rosin C	-		Acrylic acid modified rosin D	-	-	-	-	-	776g	-	764g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Esterification catalyst	Dibutyltin oxide		Acrylic acid modified rosin D	-	-	-	-	-	776g	-	-	-	15g	-	-	20g	-	-	-
	Dibutyltin oxide	Two tin octoates (II) salt	20g	20g	20g	-	-	20g	-	-	-	-	15g	-	-	20g	20g		-
	The two triethanolamine titaniums of diisopropanol	Two tin octoates (II) salt	20g	20g	20g	-	-	20g	-	-	-	-	-	25g	-	-	20g	-
	The two triethanolamine titaniums of diisopropanol	The content of rosin (quality %) among the carboxylic acid composition		24.0	24.0	24.0	9.4	31.5	24.3	-	-	-	-	25g	-	-	38.8	-	36.7
The rerum natura of polyester	Acid number (mgKOH/g)			24.0	24.0	24.0	9.4	31.5	24.3	24.8	23.6	15.8	56.1	51.2	24.2	27.8	38.8	27.8	36.7
	Acid number (mgKOH/g)	Hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)	17.8	15.9	10.5	39.6	22.5	17.4	20.3	24.8	23.6	15.8	56.1	51.2	24.2	27.8	20.3	27.8
	Softening point (℃)	Hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)	17.8	15.9	10.5	39.6	22.5	17.4	20.3	118.5	116.6	114.6	102.9	120.5	115.6	112.2	20.3	105.1
	Softening point (℃)	Glass transition temperature (℃)	67.9	67.1	64.2	59.4	59.4	66.3	62.5	118.5	116.6	114.6	102.9	120.5	115.6	112.2	54.5	105.1
	Molecular weight is the content (%) of the low molecular weight compositions below 500	Glass transition temperature (℃)	67.9	67.1	64.2	59.4	59.4	66.3	62.5	5.5	7.8	9.8	7.6	7.1	7.8	8.2	54.5	14.4

^*Resin not: unmodified rosin

^*BPA-PO: polyoxypropylene (2.2)-2, two (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane (2 yuan of aromatic alcohols) of 2-

(Production Example 1)

The making of-parent sizing material 1-

Pigment, polyesters adhesive resin 1 and the pure water of following composition are mixed with the ratio of 1: 1: 0.5 (mass ratio), undertaken mixing by double roll mill then.Under 70 ℃, carry out mixing, then, the temperature of roller is elevated to 120 ℃, evaporate the water, make the parent sizing material 1 that comprises cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1), pinkish red toner parent sizing material (TB-M1), Yellow toner parent sizing material (TB-Y1) and black toner parent sizing material (TB-K1).

[prescription of cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Green pigment (C.I. pigment blue 15: 3) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Magenta pigment (C.I. pigment red 122) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Yellow uitramarine (C.I. pigment yellow 180) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Black pigment (carbon black) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

(Production Example 2～8)

The preparation of-parent sizing material 2～8-

Except the polyesters binder resin in the Production Example 1 is changed into the polyesters binder resin 2～8, adopt the method identical, shown in table 3A, prepare and comprise cyan toner parent sizing material 2～8[TB-C2～TB-C8 with Production Example 1], Yellow toner parent sizing material 2～8[TB-Y2～TB-Y8], pinkish red toner parent sizing material 2～8[TB-M2～TB-M8] and black toner parent sizing material 2～8[TB-K2～TB-K8] parent sizing material 2～8.

[table 3A]

			The adhesive resin prescription		Pigment formula		The amount of pure water (mass parts)
			The adhesive resin prescription		Pigment formula			The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The pigment title	Amount (mass parts)
			Parent sizing material 1	Cyan	TB-C1	Binder resin 1		The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The pigment title	Amount (mass parts)	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M1	Binder resin 1		Cyan	TB-C1	Binder resin 1	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M1	Binder resin 1		Yellow	TB-Y1	Binder resin 1	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K1	Binder resin 1		Yellow	TB-Y1	Binder resin 1	100	Carbon black	100	50	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K1	Binder resin 1		Parent sizing material 2	Cyan	TB-C2	100	Carbon black	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M2	Binder resin 2	100		Cyan	TB-C2	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M2	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	TB-Y2	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K2	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	TB-Y2	Carbon black	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K2	Binder resin 2	100		Parent sizing material 3	Cyan	Carbon black	100	50	TB-C3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment red 122		Cyan	100	50		TB-C3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment red 122		Yellow	100	50	TB-Y3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K3	Binder resin 3	100	Carbon black		Yellow	100	50	TB-Y3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K3	Binder resin 3	100	Carbon black		Parent sizing material 4	100	50	Cyan	TB-C4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50		Cyan	TB-C4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K4	Binder resin 4	100	Carbon black	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K4	Binder resin 4	100	Carbon black	100		50	Parent sizing material 5	Cyan	TB-C5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K5	Binder resin 5	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K5	Binder resin 5	100	Carbon black	100	50	Parent sizing material 6		Cyan	TB-C6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		Yellow	TB-Y6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K6	Binder resin 6	100	Carbon black	100	50		Yellow	TB-Y6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K6	Binder resin 6	100	Carbon black	100	50		Parent sizing material 7	Cyan	TB-C7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K7	Binder resin 7	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K7	Binder resin 7	100	Carbon black	100	50	Parent sizing material 8		Cyan	TB-C8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Cyan	TB-C8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K8	Binder resin	8	100	Carbon black	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50

(Production Example 9)

The making of＜toner 1 〉

In the following manner, preparation comprises the toner 1 of cyan toner 1, pinkish red toner 1, Yellow toner 1 and black toner 1.

The making one of one cyan toner 1

Adopt Henschel mixer (Mitsui Miike Engineering Corp. makes, FM10B), the cyan toner prescription 1 of following composition carried out premixed after, (Co., Ltd. pond shellfish is made, and PCM-30) carries out mixing to adopt the twin shaft mixing roll.Then, with ultrasound wave air-flow comminutor (Labo Jet, Japan pneumatic (Pneumatic) Industrial Co., Ltd makes) carry out micro mist broken after, (Nippon Pneumatic Manufacturing Co., Ltd. makes to adopt gas flow sizing machine, MDS-I) carry out classification, obtaining weight average particle diameter is the toner parent particle of 7 μ m.

Then,, adopt the sample attrition mill, mix 1.0 mass parts cataloids (H-2000, Clarient Co., Ltd. makes), make cyan toner 1 with respect to 100 mass parts toner parent particles.

[cyan toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1) ... 20 mass parts

(Japan (Orient) chemical industry Co., Ltd. makes charged controlling agent, E-84) ... 1 mass parts

Ester type waxes (acid number=5mgKOH/g, quality mean molecular weight=1600) ... 5 mass parts

The making of-pinkish red toner 1-

Except the cyan toner prescription 1 in cyan toner 1 method for making being changed into the pinkish red toner formulation 1 of following composition, adopt the method identical with making cyan toner 1, make pinkish red toner 1.

[pinkish red toner formulation 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1) ... 18 mass parts

Charged controlling agent (Japan chemical industry Co., Ltd. system, E-84) ... 1 mass parts

The making of-Yellow toner 1-

Except the Yellow toner prescription 1 that the cyan toner prescription 1 in cyan toner 1 method for making is changed into following composition, adopt the method identical, making Yellow toner 1 with making cyan toner 1.

[Yellow toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1) ... 20 mass parts

(Japan chemical industry Co., Ltd. makes charged controlling agent, E-84) ... 1 mass parts

The making of-black toner 1-

Except the black toner prescription 1 that the cyan toner prescription 1 in cyan toner 1 method for making is changed into following composition, adopt the method identical, making black toner 1 with making cyan toner 1.

[black toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1) ... 16 mass parts

(Production Example 10～16)

The making of-toner 2～8-

Except changing the polyesters binder resin 1 in the Production Example 9 into polyesters binder resin 2～8, parent sizing material 1 is changed into outside the parent sizing material 2～8, with Production Example 9 similarly, the toner 2～8 that comprises cyan toner 2～8, Yellow toner 2～8, pinkish red toner 2～8 and black toner 2～8 shown in the making table 4.

[table 4A]

		Adhesive formula		The parent sizing compound formula		Charged controlling agent prescription		The wax prescription
		Adhesive formula		The parent sizing compound formula		Charged controlling agent prescription		The wax prescription		The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The parent sizing material	Amount (mass parts)	Charged controlling agent	Amount (mass parts)	Wax	Amount (mass parts)
		Toner 1	Cyan	Binder resin 1	100	TB-C1	20	E-84	1	The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The parent sizing material	Amount (mass parts)	Charged controlling agent	Amount (mass parts)	Wax	Amount (mass parts)	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 1		Cyan	Binder resin 1	100	TB-C1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-M1	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 1		Yellow	Binder resin 1	100	TB-Y1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-M1	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 1		Yellow	Binder resin 1	100	TB-Y1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-K1	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 1		Toner 2	Cyan	Binder resin 2	100	TB-C2	20	E-84	100	TB-K1	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 2	100		Cyan	Binder resin 2	100	TB-C2	20	E-84	TB-M2	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	Binder resin 2	100	TB-Y2	20	E-84	TB-M2	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	Binder resin 2	100	TB-Y2	20	E-84	TB-K2	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 2	100		Toner 3	Cyan	Binder resin 3	100	TB-C3	20	TB-K2	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 3	100	TB-M3		Cyan	Binder resin 3	100	TB-C3	20	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 3	100	TB-M3		Yellow	Binder resin 3	100	TB-Y3	20	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 3	100	TB-K3		Yellow	Binder resin 3	100	TB-Y3	20	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 3	100	TB-K3		Toner 4	Cyan	Binder resin 4	100	TB-C4	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 4	100	TB-M4	18		Cyan	Binder resin 4	100	TB-C4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 4	100	TB-M4	18		Yellow	Binder resin 4	100	TB-Y4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 4	100	TB-K4	16		Yellow	Binder resin 4	100	TB-Y4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 4	100	TB-K4	16		Toner 5	Cyan	Binder resin 5	100	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-C5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 5	100	TB-M5	18	E-84		Cyan	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5		TB-C5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 5	100	TB-M5	18	E-84		Yellow	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-Y5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 5	100	TB-K5	16	E-84		Yellow	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-Y5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 5	100	TB-K5	16	E-84		Toner 6	Cyan	Binder resin 6	1	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-C6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 6	100	TB-M6	18	E-84	1		Cyan	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5		100	TB-C6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 6	100	TB-M6	18	E-84	1		Yellow	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-Y6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 6	100	TB-K6	16	E-84	1		Yellow	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-Y6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 6	100	TB-K6	16	E-84	1		Toner 7	Cyan	Ester type waxes	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-C7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 7	100	TB-M7	8	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Cyan	5		Binder resin 7	100	TB-C7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 7	100	TB-M7	8	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Yellow	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-Y7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 7	100	TB-K7	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Yellow	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-Y7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 7	100	TB-K7	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Toner 8	5	Cyan	Binder resin 8	100	TB-C8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 8	100	TB-M8	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5			Cyan	Binder resin 8	100	TB-C8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 8	100	TB-M8	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 8	100	TB-Y8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 8	100	TB-K8	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 8	100	TB-Y8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5

The evaluation of-toner performance-

Then, for the toner 1～8 that obtains, in the following ways, estimate its storage property and foul smell.The results are shown in table 5A.

The evaluation method of＜toner-accumulating 〉

With each 4g toner diameter of packing into is 5cm, high in the open cylinder container of 2cm, prepares 2 such samples.Placing temperature with one is that 40 ℃, relative humidity are under 60% the environment, and another places temperature is that 55 ℃, relative humidity are under 60% the environment, to place 72 hours.After the placement, the container of toner has been put in vibration gently, and whether the toner that detects by an unaided eye condenses, and according to following metewand, estimates its storage property.

[metewand]

◎: under arbitrary environment of 40 ℃, 55 ℃, can't see the toner cohesion fully;

Zero: under 40 ℃ environment, can't see the toner cohesion fully, under 55 ℃ environment, can observe a little toner flocculated particle;

△: under 40 ℃ environment, can observe a little toner flocculated particle, under 55 ℃ environment, can see tangible cohesion;

*: can be under any environment of 40 ℃, 55 ℃ all to see tangible cohesion.

The foul smell evaluation of＜toner 〉

In the aluminium cup, respectively take by weighing the 20g toner, and it was left standstill 30 minutes being heated on 150 ℃ the hot plate,, estimate the foul smell that produces by toner according to following metewand.

[metewand]

◎: do not feel foul smell fully;

Zero: almost do not feel foul smell;

△:, do not have the problem in the practicality though feel to have some foul smell;

*: feeling strongly has foul smell.

(embodiment A 1～A7 and Comparative examples A 1)

Formation of-image and evaluation-

In packing the toner 1～8 of above making into image processing system A shown in Figure 20, carry out image and form, in the following way, carry out the evaluation of various performances.The results are shown in table 5A.

＜image processing system A 〉

Image processing system A shown in Figure 20 is the tandem type image processing system of the direct transfer printing mode of the belt photographic fixing mode of employing contact electrification mode, single component development mode, direct transfer printing mode, no cleaning mode and inner heating.

Among the image processing system A shown in Figure 20, the charged roller of using the way of contact shown in Figure 1 is as Charging system 310.Use monocomponent type developing apparatus shown in Figure 5 as developing apparatus 324, this developing apparatus adopts the no cleaning mode that can reclaim remaining toner.Adopt belt fixing device shown in Figure 9 as fixing device 327, this fixing device adopts the thermal source of Halogen lamp LED as warm-up mill.In addition, among Figure 20,330 is travelling belt.

Image formative element 341 among the image processing system A shown in Figure 20 is equipped with Charging system 310, exposure device 323, developing apparatus 324, the transfer device 325 around the photoconductor drum 321.Because the photoconductor drum 321 of image formative element 341 is charged by Charging system 310 while rotating, and adopts exposure device 323 exposures, can form electrostatic latent image on its surface corresponding to exposure image.This electrostatic latent image adopts Yellow toner to develop by developing apparatus 324, forms the visual image based on Yellow toner on photoconductor drum 321.This visual image is transferred on the recording medium 326 by transfer device 325, afterwards, is recovered in the toner that remains in the developing apparatus 324 on the photoconductor drum 321.Equally, by each image formative element 342,343,344, to overlap based on the visual image of pinkish red toner, cyan toner and black toner on the recording medium 326, and adopt fixing device 327 again, the coloured image that will form on recording medium 326 carries out photographic fixing.

＜fixation performance 〉

-photographic fixing lower limit temperature-

To adopting above-mentioned image processing system A, on common paper and thicker transfer paper (duplicating printing＜135 that 6200 types that Ricoh Co., Ltd makes and NBS Ricoh make 〉), form image on the spot, the toner that develops is adjusted into 1.0 ± 0.05mg/cm ², the temperature of fixing device is adjusted into variable, adopt common paper to measure the temperature that print through does not take place, adopt ground paper to measure the photographic fixing lower limit temperature.In addition, after the photographic fixing lower limit temperature was meant that the photographic fixing image that will obtain is used the correspondence paper wiping, the survival rate of image color was the temperature of the fixing device more than 70%.

[metewand]

◎: 135 ℃ of photographic fixing lower limit temperature less thaies;

Zero: the photographic fixing lower limit temperature is more than 135 ℃ but 145 ℃ of less thaies;

△: the photographic fixing lower limit temperature is more than 145 ℃ but 155 ℃ of less thaies;

*: the photographic fixing lower limit temperature is more than 155 ℃.

-heat penetration print and distribute living temperature-

Identically with above-mentioned photographic fixing lower limit temperature carry out the photographic fixing evaluation, whether the photographic fixing image that detects by an unaided eye the heat penetration seal occurs.The fixing roller temperature that the heat penetration seal takes place is printed and distributed living temperature as heat penetration.

[metewand]

◎: the occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal is more than 190 ℃;

Zero: the occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal is more than 180 ℃ but 190 ℃ of less thaies;

△: the occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal is more than 170 ℃ but 180 ℃ of less thaies;

*: the occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal is 170 ℃ of less thaies.

＜image quality 〉

Tone (color and luster) variation, bottom contamination, image color and scratch etc. whether occur according to output image, estimate its image quality.Whether have the grade evaluation of unusual and image quality, be divided into three grades and judge if detecting by an unaided eye.

[metewand]

◎: do not observe the unusual, very good of image fully;

Zero: under the environment of common humiture,, belong to no problem level though observe the difference of the color and luster, image color, bottom contamination etc. of minute quantity;

*: the contamination of tonal variation, image color, bottom etc. becomes very significantly problem.

＜ageing stability 〉

Adopt above-mentioned image processing system A, after 50000 parts of the image chart of 35% image area operation outputs, image is on the spot outputed on 6000 paper that Ricoh Co., Ltd makes, and the quality of above-mentioned image when estimating operation beginning and end of run is divided into following three grades this variation is estimated.

[metewand]

◎: operation beginning and ending phase almost do not have difference, have kept the preferable image quality;

Zero: though operation beginning and ending phase difference as can be seen, it is all the time in the scope of allowing;

*: operation beginning and ending phase difference are very big, not in the scope of allowing.

＜comprehensive evaluation 〉

The comprehensive evaluation result of judging above-mentioned various performances, and adopt following benchmark to estimate.

◎: good;

Zero: can the actual level of using;

*: can not the actual level of using.

[table 5A]

	The toner sequence number	Sub-shelf characteric	Foul smell	The image processing system sequence number	Fixation performance		Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation
					Fixation performance					The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Heat penetration is printed and distributed living temperature
					Embodiment A 1	Toner 1				The photographic fixing lower limit temperature		◎	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 2	Toner 2	○	◎	A	Embodiment A 1	Toner 1	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 2	Toner 2	○	◎	A	Embodiment A 3	Toner 3	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	△	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 4	Toner 4	◎	◎	A	Embodiment A 3	Toner 3	○	△	○	○	◎	△	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 4	Toner 4	◎	◎	A	Embodiment A 5	Toner 5	○	△	○	○	◎	◎	◎	A	◎	○	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 6	Toner 6	○	△	A	Embodiment A 5	Toner 5	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	A	◎	○	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 6	Toner 6	○	△	A	Embodiment A 7	Toner 7	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	○	◎	A	◎	△	◎	◎	◎
Comparative examples A 1	Toner 8	×	×	A	Embodiment A 7	Toner 7	○	△	○	△	×	○	◎	A	◎	△	◎	◎	◎

(embodiment A 8～A14 and Comparative examples A 2)

The manufacturing of-carrier-

Disperseed 10 minutes with the coating material of stirrer following composition, prepared coating liquid, with this coating liquid and 5000 mass parts core (Cu-Zn ferrite particles, mass median diameter=35 μ m) puts in the apparatus for coating that is coated with, and on core coating coating liquid, above-mentioned apparatus for coating is provided with rotation base plate disk and paddle wheel in thermopnore, be coated with while form rotating flow.The coating thing that will obtain with electric furnace is made carrier 250 ℃ of following roastings 2 hours.

[composition of coating material]

Toluene ... 450 mass parts

Organic siliconresin (SR2400, Toray Dow Coming Silicone Co., Ltd. makes, nonvolatile component is 50 quality %) ... 450 mass parts

Amino silane (SH6020, Toray Dow Coming Silicone Co., Ltd. makes) ... 10 mass parts

Carbon filler ... 10 mass parts

The preparation of-two-component developing agent-

(Willy A.Bachofen AG Maschinenfabrik company makes, and T2F), toner 1～8 each the 5 quality % of making and the carrier of the above-mentioned making of 95 quality % is stirred preparation two-component developing agent 1～8 5 minutes with the Turbler mixer.

Formation of-image and evaluation-

The two-component developing agent 1～8 of above making is loaded among the image processing system B shown in Figure 21, carry out image and form, in the following way, carry out the evaluation of ageing stability, with embodiment A 1～A7 and Comparative examples A 1 similarly, carry out photographic fixing lower limit temperature, image quality and comprehensive evaluation.The results are shown in table 6A.

＜image processing system B 〉

Image processing system B shown in Figure 21 is the tandem type image processing system of the indirect transfer printing mode of the roller photographic fixing mode of the charged mode of employing noncontact, bi-component visualization way, secondary transfer printing mode, scraper cleaning mode and external heating.

Image processing system B shown in Figure 21 adopts non-contacting corona charging device shown in Figure 3 as Charging system 311.Adopt bi-component developing apparatus shown in Figure 6 as developing apparatus 324.Adopt cleaning cutter shown in Figure 10 as cleaning device 330.The roller fixing device that adopts electromagnetic induction heating mode shown in Figure 12 is as fixing device 327.

Image formative element 351 among the image processing system B shown in Figure 21 is equipped with Charging system 311, exposure device 323, developing apparatus 324, primary transfer device 325, the cleaning device 330 around the photoconductor drum 321.Because the photoconductor drum 321 in the image formative element 351 is charged by Charging system 310 while rotating, and adopts exposure device 323 exposures, can form electrostatic latent image on its surface corresponding to exposure image.This electrostatic latent image adopts Yellow toner to develop by developing apparatus 324, forms the visual image based on Yellow toner on photoconductor drum 321.Adopt primary transfer device 325, this visual image is transferred on the intermediate transfer belt 355, then, adopt cleaning device 330 to remove the Yellow toner that remains on the photoconductor drum 321.Equally, by each image formative element 352,353,354, on intermediate transfer belt 355, form visual image based on pinkish red toner, cyan toner and black toner.So the coloured image on the intermediate transfer belt 355 is transferred on the recording medium 326 by transfer printing device 356, removes the toner that remains on the intermediate transfer belt 355 by intermediate transfer belt cleaning device 358 then.By fixing device 327, the coloured image that will form on recording medium 326 carries out photographic fixing.

＜ageing stability 〉

Adopt above-mentioned image processing system B, after 100000 of the image chart of 35% image area operation outputs, image graph is on the spot looked like to output on 6000 paper that Ricoh Co., Ltd makes, with the image quality evaluation of the foregoing description A1～A7 and Comparative examples A 1 similarly, the quality of above-mentioned image when estimating several of operation beginnings and during end of run.

[metewand]

[table 6A]

	The two-component developing agent sequence number	The image processing system sequence number	Fixation performance		Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation
			Fixation performance					The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Heat penetration is printed and distributed living temperature
			Embodiment A					The photographic fixing lower limit temperature
8	Two-component developing agent 1	B	Embodiment A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
8	Two-component developing agent 1	B	Embodiment A 9	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 2	B	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 10	Two-component developing agent 3	B	Embodiment A 9	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 2	B	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 10	Two-component developing agent 3	B	Embodiment A 11	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 4	B	○	△	○	○	◎
Embodiment A 12	Two-component developing agent 5	B	Embodiment A 11	◎	○	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 4	B	○	△	○	○	◎
Embodiment A 12	Two-component developing agent 5	B	Embodiment A 13	◎	○	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 6	B	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 14	Two-component developing agent 7	B	Embodiment A 13	◎	△	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 6	B	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment A 14	Two-component developing agent 7	B	Comparative examples A 2	◎	△	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 8	B	○	△	○	△	×

From the table 5A and the table 6A the result as can be seen, compare with A2 with the Comparative examples A 1 that does not adopt acrylic acid modified rosin, employing contain embodiment A 1～A14 as the toner of the vibrin of the binder resin of toner or two-component developing agent can form have good fixation performance, the long-time high image of quality that does not have tonal variation, can't see abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination that uses, wherein this vibrin carries out polycondensation reaction by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol, the carboxylic acid composition of containing acrylic acid modified rosin and forms.

The present invention 2 Embodiment B is as follows.

The mensuration of the fumaric acid modification degree of＜rosin 〉

The fumaric acid modification degree of above-mentioned rosin adopts following mathematical expression (1B) to calculate.

[mathematical expression 2B]

Here, X ₂The SP value of expression is, with the potpourri of 1mol fumaric acid, 0.7mol rosin and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol, in 2 hours, be warming up to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, and 200 ℃ of reactions after 2 hours, under 5.3kPa, carry out decompression distillation again, the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains.For the molecular weight of 1mol rosin, if with acid number as x (mgKOH/g), then with respect to 1g rosin, potassium hydroxide (molecular weight: 56.1) with xmg (x * 10 ^-3G) react, therefore can calculate according to molecular weight=(56100 ÷ x).

(synthesis example 1)

-rosin refining-

1000g toll oil rosin (glass transition temperature (Tg)=37.2 ℃) is joined in the cucurbit of the 2000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, under the decompression of 1kPa, distill, gather 195 ℃～250 ℃ distillate composition as main fractions.Below, the toll oil rosin that will be used to make with extra care is as resin not, and the rosin that will gather as main fractions is as resin (glass transition temperature (Tg)=39.2 ℃).

Adopt coffee crusher (National MK-61M), 20g rosin was pulverized for 5 seconds, the material that metering takes 0.5g to pass through aperture 1mm sieve is used in the phial (20mL) to head space.Sampling head space gas according to following condition, is analyzed the impurity in the refining and not refining rosin by GC with Headspace-MS method.The results are shown in table 2B.

The condition determination of＜GC with Headspace-MS method 〉

A. (Agilent company makes headspace sampler, HP7694)

Specimen temperature: 200 ℃

Ring temperature: 200 ℃

Transmission line temperature: 200 ℃

Sample heating equilibration time: 30 minutes

Phial gas-pressurized: helium (He)

Phial pressing time: 0.3 minute

The ring filling time: 0.03 minute

Ring equilibration time: 0.3 minute

Injection length: 1 minute

(Agilent company makes B.GC (gas chromatograph), HP6890)

Analytical column: DB-1 (60m-320 μ m-5 μ m)

Carrier: helium (He)

Flow condition: 1mL/ minute

Inlet temperature: 210 ℃

Column head pressure: 34.2kPa

Injection way: split

Split ratio: 10: 1

(Agilent company makes C.MS (mass analysis), HP5973)

Ionization method: EI (electron bombardment) method

Interface temperature: 280 ℃

Ion source temperature: 230 ℃

Quadruple utmost point temperature: 150 ℃

Detecting pattern: Scan 29～350m/s

[table 1B]

＜used as X ₂The mensuration of the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of the not resin of value 〉

Resin (SP value: 77.0 ℃), 81g (0.7mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol do not join in the flask of the 1000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel with 332g (1mol), in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ the reaction 2 hours after, again under the decompression of 5.3kPa, unreacted fumaric acid and low-boiling point material are removed in distillation, obtain the fumaric acid modified rosin.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains, promptly adopting not, the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of resin is 130.6 ℃.

＜used as X ₂The mensuration of the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of the resin of value 〉

338g (1mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃), 81g (0.7mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol are joined in the flask of the 1000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ the reaction 2 hours after, unreacted fumaric acid and low-boiling point material are removed in distillation under the decompression of 5.3kPa again, obtain the fumaric acid modified rosin.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains, the SP value that promptly adopts the fumaric acid modified rosin of resin is 130.9 ℃.

(synthesis example 2)

-fumaric acid modified rosin A synthetic-

5408g (16mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃), 928g (8mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol are joined in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, after reacting 2 hours under 200 ℃, under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill again, obtain fumaric acid modified rosin A.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin A that obtains is 130.8 ℃, and glass transition temperature is 74.4 ℃, and fumaric acid modification degree is 100.

(synthesis example 3)

-fumaric acid modified rosin B synthetic-

5408g (16mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃), 557g (4.8mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol are joined in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ the reaction 2 hours after, under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill again, obtain fumaric acid modified rosin B.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin B that obtains is 115.7 ℃, and glass transition temperature is 53.9 ℃, and fumaric acid modification degree is 72.

(synthesis example 4)

-fumaric acid modified rosin C synthetic-

5408g (16mol) resin (SP value: 76.8 ℃), 278g (2.4mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol are joined in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel, in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ the reaction 2 hours after, under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill again, obtain fumaric acid modified rosin C.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin C that obtains is 98.4 ℃, and glass transition temperature is 48.3 ℃, and fumaric acid modification degree is 40.

(synthesis example 5)

-fumaric acid modified rosin D synthetic-

Resin (SP value: 77.0 ℃), 928g (8mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol do not join in the flask of the 10L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel with 5312g (16mol), in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ the reaction 2 hours after, under the decompression of 5.3kPa, distill again, obtain fumaric acid modified rosin D.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin D that obtains is 130.4 ℃, and glass transition temperature is 72.1 ℃, and fumaric acid modification degree is 100.

(synthesis example 6～10 and 12～14)

-polyesters binder resin 1～5 and 7～9 synthetic-

Carboxylic acid composition outside pure composition shown in the table 2, the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride and esterification catalyst are joined in the four-hole boiling flask of the 5L volume that is equipped with nitrogen ingress pipe, dehydrating tube, stirrer and thermopair, in blanket of nitrogen, 230 ℃ of polycondensation reactions after 10 hours, under 230 ℃, 8kPa, carry out reaction in 1 hour.After being cooled to 220 ℃, the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride shown in the input table 2B in down reaction after 1 hour of normal pressure (101.3kPa), reacts under 220 ℃, 20kPa up to reaching desirable softening point, thus synthesizing polyester class binder resin 1～5 and 7～9.

(synthesis example 11)

-polyesters binder resin 6 synthetic-

Pure composition shown in the table 2B, carboxylic acid composition and the esterification catalyst except fumaric acid are joined in the four-hole boiling flask of the 5L volume that is equipped with nitrogen ingress pipe, dehydrating tube, stirrer and thermopair, in blanket of nitrogen, 230 ℃ of following polycondensation reactions after 10 hours, under 230 ℃, 8kPa, carry out reaction in 1 hour.After being cooled to 180 ℃, the fumaric acid shown in the input table 2 was warmed up to 210 ℃ then in 5 hours, under 210 ℃, 10kPa, react up to reaching desirable softening point, thus synthesizing polyester class binder resin 6.

[table 2B]

		Synthesis example
		Synthesis example									6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14
		Polyesters binder resin sequence number		1	2	3	4	5	6	7	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	8	9
The alcohol composition	BPA-PO ^*	Polyesters binder resin sequence number		1	2	3	4	5	6	7	2450g	2450g	2450g	2100g	1960g	2800g	2450g	2450g	2450g	8	9
	BPA-PO ^*	BPA-EO ^*	975g	975g	975g	1300g	780g	650g	975g	975g	2450g	2450g	2450g	2100g	1960g	2800g	2450g	2450g	2450g	975g
	The carboxylic acid composition	BPA-EO ^*	975g	975g	975g	1300g	780g	650g	975g	975g	Terephthalic acid (TPA)	996g	996g	996g	1162g	531g	664g	830g	830g	975g	830g
Trimellitic anhydride		288g	288g	288g	288g	230g	-	288g	288g	288g	Terephthalic acid (TPA)	996g	996g	996g	1162g	531g	664g	830g	830g		830g
Trimellitic anhydride		288g	288g	288g	288g	230g	-	288g	288g	288g	Fumaric acid	-	-	-	-	-	464g	-	-	-
Resin not ^*		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	672g	Fumaric acid	-	-	-	-	-	464g	-	-	-
Resin not ^*		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	672g	Fumaric acid modified rosin A	672g	-	-	336g	1613g	672g	672g	-	-
Fumaric acid modified rosin B		-	672g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	Fumaric acid modified rosin A	672g	-	-	336g	1613g	672g	672g	-	-
Fumaric acid modified rosin B		-	672g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	Fumaric acid modified rosin C	-	-	672g	-	-	-	-	-	-
Fumaric acid modified rosin D		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	672g	-	Fumaric acid modified rosin C	-	-	672g	-	-	-	-	-	-
Fumaric acid modified rosin D		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	672g	-	Esterification catalyst	Dibutyltin oxide	-	-	-	-	-	-	26g	-	-
Two tin octoates (II) salt	26g	26g	26g	26g	26g	-	-	26g	26g			Dibutyltin oxide	-	-	-	-	-	-	26g	-	-
Two tin octoates (II) salt	26g	26g	26g	26g	26g	-	-	26g	26g	The two triethanolamine titaniums of diisopropanol		-	-	-	-	-	26g	-	-	-
The content of rosin (quality %) among the carboxylic acid composition		34.4	34.4	34.4	18.8	67.9	37.3	37.5	37.5	The two triethanolamine titaniums of diisopropanol		-	-	-	-	-	26g	-	-	-	37.5
		34.4	34.4	34.4	18.8	67.9	37.3	37.5	37.5	The rerum natura of polyester	Acid number (mgKOH/g)	32.7	30.1	26.7	18.9	29.8	15.3	5.4	30.4	28.1	37.5
Hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)	15.0	10.0	8.0	18.0	18.0	15.7	36.6	12.8	31.0		Acid number (mgKOH/g)	32.7	30.1	26.7	18.9	29.8	15.3	5.4	30.4	28.1
Hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)	15.0	10.0	8.0	18.0	18.0	15.7	36.6	12.8	31.0		Softening point (℃)	124.3	122.3	118.5	143.5	105.9	108.5	123.6	119.8	110.4
Glass transition temperature (℃)	69.4	66.5	61.0	72.0	58.2	56.8	66.8	62.4	55.1		Softening point (℃)	124.3	122.3	118.5	143.5	105.9	108.5	123.6	119.8	110.4
Glass transition temperature (℃)	69.4	66.5	61.0	72.0	58.2	56.8	66.8	62.4	55.1		Molecular weight is the content (%) of the low molecular weight compositions below 500	4.8	6.5	7.8	6.0	9.2	6.9	8.0	10.2	16.9

^*Resin not: unmodified rosin

^*BPA-PO: polyoxypropylene (2.2)-2, two (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane of 2-

^*BPA-EO: polyoxyethylene (2.2)-2, two (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane of 2-

(Production Example 1)

The making of-parent sizing material 1-

Pigment, polyesters adhesive resin 1 and the pure water of following composition are mixed with the ratio of 1: 1: 0.5 (mass ratio), and it is mixing to adopt double roll mill to carry out then.Mixingly under 70 ℃, carry out, afterwards, the temperature of roller is elevated to 120 ℃, evaporate the water, make the parent sizing material 1 that comprises cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1), pinkish red toner parent sizing material (TB-M1), Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1) and black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1).

[prescription of cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Green pigment (C.I. pigment blue 15: 3) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Magenta pigment (C.I. pigment red 122) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Yellow uitramarine (C.I. pigment yellow 180) ... mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Black pigment (carbon black) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

(Production Example 2～9)

The making of-parent sizing material 2～9-

Except the polyesters binder resin 1 in the Production Example 1 is changed into the polyesters binder resin 2～9, adopt the method identical with Production Example 1, as show shown in the 3B, make comprise cyan toner parent sizing material 2～9[TB-C2～TB-C9], Yellow toner parent sizing material 2～9[TB-Y2～TB-Y9], pinkish red toner parent sizing material 2～9[TB-M2～TB-M9] and black toner parent sizing material 2～9[TB-K2～TB-K9] parent sizing material 2～9.

[table 3B]

			The adhesive resin prescription		Pigment formula		The amount of pure water (mass parts)
			The adhesive resin prescription		Pigment formula			The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The pigment title	Amount (mass parts)
			Parent sizing material 1	Cyan	TB-C1	Binder resin 1		The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The pigment title	Amount (mass parts)	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M1	Binder resin 1		Cyan	TB-C1	Binder resin 1	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M1	Binder resin 1		Yellow	TB-Y1	Binder resin 1	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K1	Binder resin 1		Yellow	TB-Y1	Binder resin 1	100	Carbon black	100	50	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K1	Binder resin 1		Parent sizing material 2	Cyan	TB-C2	100	Carbon black	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M2	Binder resin 2	100		Cyan	TB-C2	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M2	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	TB-Y2	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K2	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	TB-Y2	Carbon black	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K2	Binder resin 2	100		Parent sizing material 3	Cyan	Carbon black	100	50	TB-C3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment red 122		Cyan	100	50		TB-C3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment red 122		Yellow	100	50	TB-Y3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K3	Binder resin 3	100	Carbon black		Yellow	100	50	TB-Y3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K3	Binder resin 3	100	Carbon black		Parent sizing material 4	100	50	Cyan	TB-C4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50		Cyan	TB-C4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K4	Binder resin 4	100	Carbon black	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K4	Binder resin 4	100	Carbon black	100		50	Parent sizing material 5	Cyan	TB-C5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M5	Binder resin 5	100	The C.I pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M5	Binder resin 5	100	The C.I pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K5	Binder resin 5	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K5	Binder resin 5	100	Carbon black	100	50	Parent sizing material 6		Cyan	TB-C6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		Yellow	TB-Y6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K6	Binder resin 6	100	Carbon black	100	50		Yellow	TB-Y6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K6	Binder resin 6	100	Carbon black	100	50		Parent sizing material 7	Cyan	TB-C7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K7	Binder resin 7	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K7	Binder resin 7	100	Carbon black	100	50	Sizing material 8		Cyan	TB-C8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Cyan	TB-C8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K8	Binder resin	8	100	Carbon black	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K8	Binder resin	8	100	Carbon black	100		50	Parent sizing material 9	Cyan	TB-C9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50				Cyan	TB-C9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow	TB-Y9		Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K9	Binder resin 9	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow	TB-Y9		Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50

(Production Example 10)

The making of＜toner 1 〉

The making of-cyan toner 1-

Adopt Henschel mixer (Mitsui Miike Engineering Corp. makes, FM10B), the cyan toner prescription 1 of following component carried out premixed after, (Co., Ltd. pond shellfish is made, and PCM-30) carries out mixing to adopt the twin shaft mixing roll.Then, with ultrasound wave air-flow comminutor (Labo Jet, Nippon Pneumatic Manufacturing Co., Ltd. make) carry out micro mist broken after, adopt gas flow sizing machine (Nippon Pneumatic Manufacturing Co., Ltd.'s system, MDS-I) carry out classification, obtaining weight average particle diameter is the toner parent particle of 7 μ m.

Then, relative 100 mass parts toner parent particles adopt the sample attrition mill, mix 1.0 mass parts cataloids (H-2000, Clariant Co., Ltd. makes), make cyan toner 1.

[cyan toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1) ... 20 mass parts

The making of-pinkish red toner 1-

[pinkish red toner formulation 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1) ... 18 mass parts

The making of-Yellow toner 1-

[Yellow toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1) ... 20 mass parts

The making of-black toner 1-

[black toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1) ... 16 mass parts

Ester type waxes (acid number=5mgKOH/g, quality mean molecular weight=1,600) ... 5 mass parts

(Production Example 11～18)

The making of-toner 2～9-

Except changing the polyesters binder resin 1 in the Production Example 10 into polyesters binder resin 2～9, parent sizing material 1 is changed into outside the parent sizing material 2～9, with Production Example 10 similarly, the toner 2～9 that comprises cyan toner 2～9, Yellow toner 2～9, pinkish red toner 2～9 and black toner 2～9 shown in the making table 4B.

[table 4B]

		Adhesive formula		The parent sizing compound formula		Charged controlling agent prescription		The wax prescription
		Adhesive formula		The parent sizing compound formula		Charged controlling agent prescription		The wax prescription		The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The parent sizing material	Amount (mass parts)	Charged controlling agent	Amount (mass parts)	The parent sizing material	Amount (mass parts)
		Toner 1	Cyan	Binder resin 1	100	TB-C1	20	E-84	1	The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The parent sizing material	Amount (mass parts)	Charged controlling agent	Amount (mass parts)	The parent sizing material	Amount (mass parts)	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 1		Cyan	Binder resin 1	100	TB-C1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-M1	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 1		Yellow	Binder resin 1	100	TB-Y1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-M1	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 1		Yellow	Binder resin 1	100	TB-Y1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-K1	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 1		Toner 2	Cyan	Binder resin 2	100	TB-C2	20	E-84	100	TB-K1	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 2	100		Cyan	Binder resin 2	100	TB-C2	20	E-84	TB-M2	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	Binder resin 2	100	TB-Y2	20	E-84	TB-M2	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	Binder resin 2	100	TB-Y2	20	E-84	TB-K2	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 2	100		Toner 3	Cyan	Binder resin 3	100	TB-C3	20	TB-K2	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 3	100	TB-M3		Cyan	Binder resin 3	100	TB-C3	20	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 3	100	TB-M3		Yellow	Binder resin 3	100	TB-Y3	20	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 3	100	TB-K3		Yellow	Binder resin 3	100	TB-Y3	20	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 3	100	TB-K3		Toner 4	Cyan	Binder resin 4	100	TB-C4	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 4	100	TB-M4	18		Cyan	Binder resin 4	100	TB-C4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 4	100	TB-M4	18		Yellow	Binder resin 4	100	TB-Y4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 4	100	TB-K4	16		Yellow	Binder resin 4	100	TB-Y4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 4	100	TB-K4	16		Toner 5	Cyan	Binder resin 5	100	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-C5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 5	100	TB-M5	18	E-84		Cyan	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5		TB-C5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 5	100	TB-M5	18	E-84		Yellow	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-Y5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 5	100	TB-K5	16	E-84		Yellow	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-Y5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 5	100	TB-K5	16	E-84		Toner 6	Cyan	Binder resin 6	1	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-C6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 6	100	TB-M6	18	E-84	1		Cyan	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5		100	TB-C6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 6	100	TB-M6	18	E-84	1		Yellow	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-Y6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 6	100	TB-K6	16	E-84	1		Yellow	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-Y6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 6	100	TB-K6	16	E-84	1		Toner 7	Cyan	Ester type waxes	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-C7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 7	100	TB-M7	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Cyan	5		Binder resin 7	100	TB-C7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 7	100	TB-M7	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Yellow	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-Y7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 7	100	TB-K7	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Yellow	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-Y7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 7	100	TB-K7	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Toner 8	5	Cyan	Binder resin 8	100	TB-C8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 8	100	TB-M8	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5			Cyan	Binder resin 8	100	TB-C8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 8	100	TB-M8	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 8	100	TB-Y8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 8	100	TB-K8	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 8	100	TB-Y8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 8	100	TB-K8	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Toner 9	Cyan	Binder resin 9	100	TB-C9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 9	100	TB-M9	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5			Cyan	Binder resin 9	100	TB-C9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 9	100	TB-M9	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Yellow		Binder resin 9	100	TB-Y9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 9	100	TB-K9	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Yellow		Binder resin 9	100	TB-Y9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5

The evaluation of-toner performance-

Then, for the toner 1～9 that obtains, in the following ways, estimate its storage property and foul smell.The results are shown in table 5B.

The evaluation method of＜toner-accumulating 〉

[metewand]

*: can be under any environment of 40 ℃, 55 ℃ all to see tangible cohesion.

The foul smell evaluation of＜toner 〉

[metewand]

◎: do not feel foul smell fully;

Zero: almost do not feel foul smell;

*: feeling strongly has foul smell.

(Embodiment B 1～B8 and comparative example B1)

Formation of-image and evaluation-

In packing the toner 1～9 of above making into image processing system A shown in Figure 20, carry out image and form, in the following way, carry out the evaluation of various performances.The results are shown in table 5B.

＜image processing system A 〉

＜fixation performance 〉

-photographic fixing lower limit temperature-

To adopting above-mentioned image processing system A, on thicker transfer paper (duplicating printing＜135 that NBS Ricoh makes 〉), form image on the spot, the toner that develops is adjusted into 1.0 ± 0.05mg/cm ², the temperature of fixing device is adjusted into variable, measure the photographic fixing lower limit temperature.In addition, after the photographic fixing lower limit temperature was meant that the photographic fixing image that will obtain is used the correspondence paper wiping, the survival rate of image color was the temperature of the fixing device more than 70%.

[metewand]

◎: 135 ℃ of photographic fixing lower limit temperature less thaies;

*: the photographic fixing lower limit temperature is more than 155 ℃.

＜image quality 〉

Image color, bottom according to output image stains, fine rule reproduces and tone, estimates its image quality.Whether have the grade evaluation of unusual and image quality, be divided into three grades and judge if detecting by an unaided eye.

[metewand]

◎: do not observe image abnormity fully, very good;

Zero: under the environment of common humiture, compare,, belong to no problem level though observe the difference of color and luster, the image color of minute quantity, the contamination of bottom etc. with original image;

*: compare with original image, feel that there are slight variations in tonal variation, image color, bottom contamination etc.

＜ageing stability 〉

Adopt above-mentioned image processing system A, with monochromatic mode with 50000 of the image chart of 35% image area operation outputs after, carry out same evaluation with aforementioned image quality evaluation, compare with initial pictures, estimate according to following benchmark then.

[metewand]

◎: do not observe image abnormity fully, very good;

Zero: under the environment of common humiture, compare,, belong to no problem level though observe the difference of the color and luster, image color, bottom contamination etc. of minute quantity with initial pictures;

*: compare with initial pictures, obviously have problems such as tonal variation, image color, bottom contamination.

＜comprehensive evaluation 〉

◎: good;

Zero: level that can be practical;

*: unpractical level.

[table 5B]

	The toner sequence number	Storage property	Foul smell	The image processing system sequence number	The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation
	The toner sequence number	Storage property	Foul smell	The image processing system sequence number	The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation	Embodiment B 1	Toner 1	◎	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 2	Toner 2	○	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	○	Embodiment B 1	Toner 1	◎	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 2	Toner 2	○	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	○	Embodiment B 3	Toner 3	○	◎	A	◎	◎	○	○
Embodiment B 4	Toner 4	◎	◎	A	○	◎	◎	O	Embodiment B 3	Toner 3	○	◎	A	◎	◎	○	○
Embodiment B 4	Toner 4	◎	◎	A	○	◎	◎	O	Embodiment B 5	Toner 5	○	◎	A	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment B 6	Toner 6	○	◎	A	◎	○	○	○	Embodiment B 5	Toner 5	○	◎	A	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment B 6	Toner 6	○	◎	A	◎	○	○	○	Embodiment B 7	Toner 7	○	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 8	Toner 8	△	△	A	◎	○	○	△	Embodiment B 7	Toner 7	○	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 8	Toner 8	△	△	A	◎	○	○	△	Comparative example B1	Toner 9	×	×	A	○	○	×	×

(Embodiment B 9～B16 and comparative example B2)

The manufacturing of-carrier-

Adopt stirrer, the coating material of following composition was disperseed 10 minutes, prepared coating liquid, with this coating liquid and 5000 mass parts core (Cu-Zn ferrite particles, mass median diameter=35 μ m) puts in the apparatus for coating that is coated with, and on core, being coated with coating liquid, its above-mentioned apparatus for coating is coated with while form swirling recirculation flow by be provided with rotation base plate disk and paddle wheel in thermopnore.The coating thing that will obtain with electric furnace is made carrier 250 ℃ of following roastings 2 hours.

[composition of coating material]

Toluene ... 450 mass parts

Carbon filler ... 10 mass parts

The making of-two-component developing agent-

(Willy A.B achofen AG Maschinenfabrik company makes, and T2F), toner 1～9 each the 5 quality % of making and the carrier of the above-mentioned making of 95 quality % is stirred preparation two-component developing agent 1～9 5 minutes with the Turbler mixer.

Formation of-image and evaluation-

The two-component developing agent 1～9 of above making is loaded among the image processing system B shown in Figure 21, carry out image and form, in the following way, carry out the evaluation of ageing stability, with Embodiment B 1～B8 and comparative example B1 similarly, carry out photographic fixing lower limit temperature, image quality and comprehensive evaluation.The results are shown in table 6B.

＜image processing system B 〉

＜ageing stability 〉

Adopt above-mentioned image processing system B, with monochromatic mode with 100000 of the image chart of 35% image area operation outputs after, similarly estimate with the image quality evaluation of the foregoing description B1～B8 and comparative example B1.

[metewand]

◎: do not observe image abnormity fully, very good;

Zero: under the environment of common humiture, compare,, belong to no problem level though observe the difference of the color and luster, image color, bottom contamination etc. of minute quantity with original image;

*: obviously there are problems such as tonal variation, image color, bottom contamination.

[table 6B]

	The two-component developing agent sequence number	The image processing system sequence number	The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation
	The two-component developing agent sequence number	The image processing system sequence number	The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation	Embodiment B 9	Two-component developing agent 1	B	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 10	Two-component developing agent 2	B	◎	◎	◎	○	Embodiment B 9	Two-component developing agent 1	B	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 10	Two-component developing agent 2	B	◎	◎	◎	○	Embodiment B l1	Two-component developing agent 3	B	◎	◎	○	○
Embodiment B 12	Two-component developing agent 4	B	○	◎	◎	○	Embodiment B l1	Two-component developing agent 3	B	◎	◎	○	○
Embodiment B 12	Two-component developing agent 4	B	○	◎	◎	○	Embodiment B 13	Two-component developing agent 5	B	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment B 14	Two-component developing agent 6	B	◎	○	○	○	Embodiment B 13	Two-component developing agent 5	B	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment B 14	Two-component developing agent 6	B	◎	○	○	○	Embodiment B 15	Two-component developing agent 7	B	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 16	Two-component developing agent 8	B	◎	○	○	△	Embodiment B 15	Two-component developing agent 7	B	◎	◎	◎	○
Embodiment B 16	Two-component developing agent 8	B	◎	○	○	△	Comparative example B2	Two-component developing agent 9	B	○	○	×	×

From the table 5B and the table 6B the result as can be seen, compare with B2 with the comparative example B1 that does not adopt the fumaric acid modified rosin, employing contains the Embodiment B 1～B16 as the toner of the vibrin of the binder resin of toner or two-component developing agent, can form have good fixation performance, the long-time high image of quality that does not have tonal variation, can't see abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination that uses, wherein this vibrin carries out polycondensation reaction by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol, the carboxylic acid composition of containing the fumaric acid modified rosin and forms.

Embodiment B 8 and Embodiment B 16 are owing to contain the fumaric acid modified rosin, therefore compare with Embodiment B 9～B11 with Embodiment B 1～B3, image quality and ageing stability are a bit weaker, and wherein this fumaric acid modified rosin is by adopting fumaric acid to unpurified Abietyl modified forming.

The present invention 3 Embodiment C is as follows.

The mensuration of the fumaric acid modification degree of＜rosin 〉

The fumaric acid modification degree of above-mentioned rosin adopts following mathematical expression (1C) to calculate.

[mathematical expression 2C]

In above-mentioned mathematical expression (1C), X ₁The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of modification degree is calculated in expression.X ₂Expression reacts 1 mole of fumaric acid and 0.7 mole of rosin and the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains.Y represents the SP value of rosin.

Here, X ₂The SP value of expression is, potpourri with 1mol fumaric acid, 0.7mol rosin and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol, in 2 hours, be warming up to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ of reactions after 2 hours, under 5.3kPa, carry out decompression distillation again and the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains.For the molecular weight of 1mol rosin, if with acid number as x (mgKOH/g), then with respect to 1g rosin, potassium hydroxide (molecular weight: 56.1) with xmg (x * 10 ^-3G) react, therefore can calculate according to molecular weight=(56100 ÷ x).

(synthesis example 1)

-rosin refining-

(National MK-61M) pulverized for 5 seconds with 20g rosin with coffee crusher, and metering is taked in the phial (20mL) that 0.5g uses to head space by the material of aperture 1mm sieve.Sampling head space gas according to following condition, is analyzed the impurity in not resin and the resin by GC with Headspace-MS method.The results are shown in table 1C.

The condition determination of＜GC with Headspace-MS method 〉

A. (Agilent company makes headspace sampler, HP7694)

Specimen temperature: 200 ℃

Ring temperature: 200 ℃

Transmission line temperature: 200 ℃

Sample heating equilibration time: 30 minutes

Phial gas-pressurized: helium (He)

Phial pressing time: 0.3 minute

The ring filling time: 0.03 minute

Ring equilibration time: 0.3 minute

Injection length: 1 minute

(Agilent company makes B.GC (gas chromatograph), HP6890)

Analytical column: DB-1 (60m-320 μ m-5 μ m)

Carrier: helium (He)

Flow condition: 1mL/ minute

Inlet temperature: 210 ℃

Column head pressure: 34.2kPa

Injection way: split

Split ratio: 10: 1

(Agilent company makes C.MS (mass analysis), HP5973)

Ionization method: EI (electron bombardment) method

Interface temperature: 280 ℃

Ion source temperature: 230 ℃

Quadruple utmost point temperature: 150 ℃

Detecting pattern: Scan 29～350m/s

[table 1C]

	Caproic acid	Valeric acid	Benzaldehyde	N-hexyl aldehyde	2-amyl furan	The SP value (℃)	Acid number (mgKOH/g)	Every mole
						The SP value (℃)			Softening point (℃)
						Resin not			Softening point (℃)	0.9×10 ⁷	0.6×10 ⁷	0.6×10 ⁷	1.8×10 ⁷	1.1×10 ⁷	77.0	169	332
74.3															77.0
74.3	Resin	0.4×10 ⁷	0.2×10 ⁷	0.2×10 ⁷	1.4×10 ⁷		0.7×10 ⁷	76.8	166						338
75.1								76.8

Resin (SP value: 77.0 ℃), 81g (0.7mol) fumaric acid and 0.4g tert-butyl catechol do not join in the flask of the 1000mL volume that is equipped with fractionating column, reflux condenser and receiving vessel with 332g (1mol), in 2 hours, temperature is risen to 200 ℃ from 160 ℃, 200 ℃ the reaction 2 hours after, unreacted fumaric acid and low-boiling point material are removed in distillation under the decompression of 5.3kPa again, obtain the fumaric acid modified rosin.The SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin that obtains, promptly adopting not, the SP value of the fumaric acid modified rosin of resin is 130.6 ℃.

(synthesis example 2)

-fumaric acid modified rosin A synthetic-

(synthesis example 3)

-fumaric acid modified rosin B synthetic-

(synthesis example 4)

-fumaric acid modified rosin C synthetic-

(synthesis example 5)

-fumaric acid modified rosin D synthetic-

(synthesis example 6～10 and 12～15)

-polyesters binder resin 1～5 and 7～10 synthetic-

Pure composition shown in the table 2C, carboxylic acid composition and the esterification catalyst outside the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride are joined in the four-hole boiling flask of the 5L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, nitrogen ingress pipe, dehydrating tube, stirrer and thermopair, in blanket of nitrogen, 160 ℃ of following polycondensation reactions after 2 hours, in 6 hours, temperature is increased to 210 ℃, then, carry out reaction in 1 hour under 66kPa, wherein this fractionating column has assembled the reflux condensing tube of the cold water that is connected with room temperature at an upper portion thereof, and is connected with 98 ℃ warm water therein.After being cooled to 200 ℃, the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride shown in the input table 2C after normal pressure (101.3kPa) reacts 1 hour down, is warmed up to 210 ℃, reacts under 40kPa up to reaching desirable softening point, synthesizing polyester class binder resin 1～5 and 7～10.

(synthesis example 11)

-polyesters binder resin 6 synthetic-

The pure composition except glycerine shown in the table 2C, carboxylic acid composition and the esterification catalyst except the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride are joined in the four-hole boiling flask of the 5L volume that is equipped with fractionating column, nitrogen ingress pipe, dehydrating tube, stirrer and thermopair, in blanket of nitrogen, 160 ℃ of following polycondensation reactions after 2 hours, in 6 hours, temperature is increased to 210 ℃, then, under 66kPa, carry out reaction in 1 hour, wherein this fractionating column has assembled the reflux condensing tube of the cold water that is connected with room temperature at an upper portion thereof, and is connected with 98 ℃ warm water therein.After being cooled to 180 ℃, the glycerine shown in the input table 2C is warmed up to 200 ℃ with 5 ℃/30 minutes speed then.Then, 200 ℃, normal pressure (101.3kPa) down reaction under 66kPa, carry out reaction in 1 hour after 1 hour.Afterwards, the trihemellitic acid acid anhydride shown in the input table 2C after normal pressure (101.3kPa) reacts 1 hour down, is warmed up to 210 ℃, reacts under 40kPa up to reaching desirable softening point, synthesizing polyester class binder resin 6.

[table 2C]

		Synthesis example
		Synthesis example										6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	15
		Polyesters binder resin sequence number		1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	15	9	10
Alkoxide component	1, the 2-propylene glycol	Polyesters binder resin sequence number		1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	851g	851g	851g	851g	851g	851g	1216g	851g	851g	851g	9	10
	1, the 2-propylene glycol	1, ammediol	122g	122g	122g	122g	122g	122g	-	-	-	851g	851g	851g	851g	851g	851g	1216g	851g	851g	851g	122g
	1, the 4-butylene glycol	1, ammediol	122g	122g	122g	122g	122g	122g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	144g	-	-	122g
	1, the 4-butylene glycol	BPA-PO ^*	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	560g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	144g	-	-	-
	Glycerine	BPA-PO ^*	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	560g	294g	294g	294g	294g	294g	294g		294g	294g	294g	-
	Glycerine	Carboxyl acid component	Terephthalic acid (TPA)	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	294g	294g	294g	294g	294g	294g		294g	294g	294g	1859g	1859g
Trimellitic anhydride	399g		Terephthalic acid (TPA)	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	1859g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g		1859g	1859g
Trimellitic anhydride	399g		Resin not	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	399g	-	528g
Fumaric acid modified rosin A	717g		Resin not	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	358g	1075g	717g	717g	717g	-	-	528g
Fumaric acid modified rosin A	717g		Fumaric acid modified rosin B	-	717g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	358g	1075g	717g	717g	717g	-	-	-
Fumaric acid modified rosin C	-		Fumaric acid modified rosin B	-	717g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	717g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Fumaric acid modified rosin C	-		Fumaric acid modified rosin D	-	-	-	717g	-	-	-	-	-	717g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Esterification catalyst	Dibutyltin oxide		Fumaric acid modified rosin D	-	-	-	717g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	25g	-	-	-	-
	Dibutyltin oxide	Two tin octoates (II) salt	25g	25g	25g	25g	-	25g	-	-	25g	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	25g	-	25g		-
	The two triethanolamine titaniums of diisopropanol	Two tin octoates (II) salt	25g	25g	25g	25g	-	25g	-	-	25g	-	-	-	-	25g	-	25g	-	-	25g	-
	The two triethanolamine titaniums of diisopropanol	The content of rosin (quality %) among the carboxylic acid composition		24.1	24.1	24.1	24.1	13.7	32.3	24.1	24.1	-	-	-	-	25g	-	25g	-	-	24.1	-	19.0
The rerum natura of polyester	Acid number (mgKOH/g)			24.1	24.1	24.1	24.1	13.7	32.3	24.1	24.1	38.4	36.2	33.7	28.7	25.4	43.9	34.2	31.6	31.5	24.1	33.1	19.0
	Acid number (mgKOH/g)	Hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)	20.4	21.5	18.7	17.9	18.8	14.3	16.8	14.1	22.3	38.4	36.2	33.7	28.7	25.4	43.9	34.2	31.6	31.5	16.4	33.1
	Softening point (℃)	Hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)	20.4	21.5	18.7	17.9	18.8	14.3	16.8	14.1	22.3	119.1	116.5	115.4	113.1	116.7	110.1	103.6	113.4	120.6	16.4	104.2
	Softening point (℃)	Glass transition temperature (℃)	65.8	63.1	62.3	59.6	61.3	57.1	63.4	58.7	65.1	119.1	116.5	115.4	113.1	116.7	110.1	103.6	113.4	120.6	55.4	104.2
	The content (%) of the low molecular weight compositions of molecular weight below 500	Glass transition temperature (℃)	65.8	63.1	62.3	59.6	61.3	57.1	63.4	58.7	65.1	6.2	6.8	7.3	8.1	6.8	10.4	7.9	6.7	6.8	55.4	15.8

^*Resin not: unmodified rosin

^*BPA-PO: polyoxypropylene (2.2)-2, two (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane of 2-

(Production Example 1)

The making of-parent sizing material 1-

Pigment, polyesters binder resin 1 and the pure water of following composition are mixed with the ratio of 1: 1: 0.5 (mass ratio), and it is mixing to adopt double roll mill to carry out then.Under 70 ℃, carry out mixing, then, the temperature of roller is elevated to 120 ℃, evaporate the water, make the parent sizing material 1 that comprises cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1), pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1), Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1) and black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1).

[prescription of cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Green pigment (C.I. pigment blue 15: 3) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Magenta pigment (C.I. pigment red 122) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Yellow uitramarine (C.I. pigment yellow 180) ... mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

[prescription of black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1)]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Black pigment (carbon black) ... 100 mass parts

Pure water ... 50 mass parts

(Production Example 2～10)

The making of-parent sizing material 2～10-

Except the polyesters binder resin 1 in the Production Example 1 is changed into the polyesters binder resin 2～10, adopt the method identical, comprise cyan toner parent sizing material 2～10[TB-C2～TB-C10 shown in the making table 3C with Production Example 1], Yellow toner parent sizing material 2～10[TB-Y2～TB-Y10], pinkish red toner parent sizing material 2～10[TB-M2～TB-M10] and black toner parent sizing material 2～10[TB-K2～TB-K10] parent sizing material 2～10.

[table 3C]

			The adhesive resin prescription		Pigment formula		Pure water amount (mass parts)
			The adhesive resin prescription		Pigment formula			The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The pigment title	Amount (mass parts)
			Parent sizing material 1	Cyan	TB-C1	Binder resin 1		The adhesive resin title	Amount (mass parts)	The pigment title	Amount (mass parts)	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M1	Binder resin 1		Cyan	TB-C1	Binder resin 1	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M1	Binder resin 1		Yellow	TB-Y1	Binder resin 1	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K1	Binder resin 1		Yellow	TB-Y1	Binder resin 1	100	Carbon black	100	50	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K1	Binder resin 1		Parent sizing material 2	Cyan	TB-C2	100	Carbon black	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M2	Binder resin 2	100		Cyan	TB-C2	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M2	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	TB-Y2	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K2	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	TB-Y2	Carbon black	100	50	Binder resin 2	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K2	Binder resin 2	100		Parent sizing material 3	Cyan	Carbon black	100	50	TB-C3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment red 122		Cyan	100	50		TB-C3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment red 122		Yellow	100	50	TB-Y3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K3	Binder resin 3	100	Carbon black		Yellow	100	50	TB-Y3	Binder resin 3	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K3	Binder resin 3	100	Carbon black		Parent sizing material 4	100	50	Cyan	TB-C4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50		Cyan	TB-C4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K4	Binder resin 4	100	Carbon black	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y4	Binder resin 4	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K4	Binder resin 4	100	Carbon black	100		50	Parent sizing material 5	Cyan	TB-C5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K5	Binder resin 5	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y5	Binder resin 5	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K5	Binder resin 5	100	Carbon black	100	50	Parent sizing material 6		Cyan	TB-C6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50		Yellow	TB-Y6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K6	Binder resin 6	100	Carbon black	100	50		Yellow	TB-Y6	Binder resin 6	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K6	Binder resin 6	100	Carbon black	100	50		Parent sizing material 7	Cyan	TB-C7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50			Cyan	TB-C7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K7	Binder resin 7	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow		TB-Y7	Binder resin 7	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K7	Binder resin 7	100	Carbon black	100	50	Parent sizing material 8		Cyan	TB-C8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Cyan	TB-C8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K8	Binder resin	8	100	Carbon black	100		50	Yellow	TB-Y8	Binder resin	8	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K8	Binder resin	8	100	Carbon black	100		50	Parent sizing material 9	Cyan	TB-C9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50				Cyan	TB-C9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M9	Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment red 122	100	50	Yellow	TB-Y9		Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K9	Binder resin 9	100	Carbon black	100	50	Yellow	TB-Y9		Binder resin 9	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K9	Binder resin 9	100	Carbon black	100	50	Parent sizing material 10	Cyan		TB-C10	Binder resin	10	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M10	Binder resin	10	100	The C.I pigment red 122	100		Cyan	50	TB-C10	Binder resin	10	100	C.I. pigment blue 15: 3	100	50
Pinkish red	TB-M10	Binder resin	10	100	The C.I pigment red 122	100		Yellow	50	TB-Y10	Binder resin	10	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50
Black	TB-K10	Binder resin	10	100	Carbon black	100		Yellow	50	TB-Y10	Binder resin	10	100	C.I. pigment yellow 180	100	50

(Production Example 11)

The making of＜toner 1 〉

In the following manner, make the toner 1 that comprises cyan toner 1, pinkish red toner 1, Yellow toner 1 and black toner 1.

The making of-cyan toner 1-

[cyan toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Cyan toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-C1) ... 20 mass parts

The making of-pinkish red toner 1-

[pinkish red toner formulation 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Pinkish red toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-M1) ... 18 mass parts

The making of-Yellow toner 1-

[Yellow toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Yellow toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-Y1) ... 20 mass parts

The making of-black toner 1-

[black toner prescription 1]

Polyesters binder resin 1...100 mass parts

Black toner parent sizing material 1 (TB-K1) ... 16 mass parts

(Production Example 12～20)

The making of-toner 2～10-

Except changing the polyesters binder resin 1 in the Production Example 11 into polyesters binder resin 2～10, parent sizing material 1 is changed into outside the parent sizing material 2～10, with Production Example 11 similarly, the toner 2～10 that comprises cyan toner 2～10, Yellow toner 2～10, pinkish red toner 2～10 and black toner 2～10 shown in the making table 4C.

[table 4C]

		Adhesive formula		The parent sizing compound formula		Charged controlling agent prescription		The wax prescription
		Adhesive formula		The parent sizing compound formula		Charged controlling agent prescription		The wax prescription		The adhesive resin title	Amount (weight portion)	The parent sizing material	Amount (weight portion)	Charged controlling agent	Amount (weight portion)	Wax	Amount (weight portion)
		Toner 1	Cyan	Binder resin 1	100	TB-C1	20	E-84	1	The adhesive resin title	Amount (weight portion)	The parent sizing material	Amount (weight portion)	Charged controlling agent	Amount (weight portion)	Wax	Amount (weight portion)	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 1		Cyan	Binder resin 1	100	TB-C1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-M1	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 1		Yellow	Binder resin 1	100	TB-Y1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-M1	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 1		Yellow	Binder resin 1	100	TB-Y1	20	E-84	1	100	TB-K1	1 6	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 1		Toner 2	Cyan	Binder resin 2	100	TB-C2	20	E-84	100	TB-K1	1 6	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 2	100		Cyan	Binder resin 2	100	TB-C2	20	E-84	TB-M2	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	Binder resin 2	100	TB-Y2	20	E-84	TB-M2	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 2	100		Yellow	Binder resin 2	100	TB-Y2	20	E-84	TB-K2	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 2	100		Toner 3	Cyan	Binder resin 3	100	TB-C3	20	TB-K2	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 3	100	TB-M3		Cyan	Binder resin 3	100	TB-C3	20	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 3	100	TB-M3		Yellow	Binder resin 3	100	TB-Y3	20	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 3	100	TB-K3		Yellow	Binder resin 3	100	TB-Y3	20	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 3	100	TB-K3		Toner 4	Cyan	Binder resin 4	100	TB-C4	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 4	100	TB-M4	18		Cyan	Binder resin 4	100	TB-C4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 4	100	TB-M4	18		Yellow	Binder resin 4	100	TB-Y4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 4	100	TB-K4	16		Yellow	Binder resin 4	100	TB-Y4	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 4	100	TB-K4	16		Toner 5	Cyan	Binder resin 5	100	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-C5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 5	100	TB-M5	18	E-84		Cyan	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5		TB-C5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 5	100	TB-M5	18	E-84		Yellow	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-Y5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 5	100	TB-K5	16	E-84		Yellow	Binder resin 5	100	1	Ester type waxes	5	TB-Y5	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 5	100	TB-K5	16	E-84		Toner 6	Cyan	Binder resin 6	1	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-C6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 6	100	TB-M6	18	E-84	1		Cyan	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5		100	TB-C6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 6	100	TB-M6	18	E-84	1		Yellow	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-Y6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 6	100	TB-K6	16	E-84	1		Yellow	Binder resin 6	Ester type waxes	5	100	TB-Y6	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 6	100	TB-K6	16	E-84	1		Toner 7	Cyan	Ester type waxes	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-C7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 7	100	TB-M7	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Cyan	5		Binder resin 7	100	TB-C7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 7	100	TB-M7	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Yellow	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-Y7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 7	100	TB-K7	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Yellow	5	Binder resin 7	100	TB-Y7	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 7	100	TB-K7	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes		Toner 8	5	Cyan	Binder resin 8	100	TB-C8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 8	100	TB-M8	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5			Cyan	Binder resin 8	100	TB-C8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 8	100	TB-M8	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 8	100	TB-Y8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 8	100	TB-K8	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 8	100	TB-Y8	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 8	100	TB-K8	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Toner 9	Cyan	Binder resin 9	100	TB-C9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 9	100	TB-M9	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5			Cyan	Binder resin 9	100	TB-C9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 9	100	TB-M9	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Yellow		Binder resin 9	100	TB-Y9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 9	100	TB-K9	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Yellow		Binder resin 9	100	TB-Y9	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 9	100	TB-K9	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5	Toner 10		Cyan	Binder resin 10	100	TB-C10	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 10	100	TB-M10	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5			Cyan	Binder resin 10	100	TB-C10	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Pinkish red	Binder resin 10	100	TB-M10	18	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 10	100	TB-Y10	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5
Black	Binder resin 10	100	TB-K10	16	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5		Yellow	Binder resin 10	100	TB-Y10	20	E-84	1	Ester type waxes	5

The evaluation of-toner performance-

Then, for the toner 1～10 that obtains, in the following ways, estimate its storage property and foul smell.The results are shown in table 5C.

The evaluation method of＜toner-accumulating 〉

[metewand]

*: can be under any environment of 40 ℃, 55 ℃ all to see tangible cohesion.

The foul smell evaluation of＜toner 〉

[metewand]

◎: do not feel foul smell fully;

Zero: almost do not feel foul smell;

*: feeling strongly has foul smell.

(Embodiment C 1～C9 and comparative example C1)

Formation of-image and evaluation-

In packing the toner 1～10 of above making into image processing system A shown in Figure 20, carry out image and form, in the following way, carry out the evaluation of various performances.The results are shown in table 5C.

＜image processing system A 〉

＜fixation performance 〉

-photographic fixing lower limit temperature-

To adopting above-mentioned image processing system A, on common paper and thicker transfer paper (duplicating printing＜135 that 6200 types that Ricoh Co., Ltd makes and NBS Ricoh make 〉), form image on the spot, the toner that develops is adjusted into 1.0 ± 0.05mg/cm ², the temperature of fixing device is adjusted into variable, adopt common paper to measure the temperature that print through does not take place, adopt ground paper to measure the photographic fixing lower limit temperature.In addition, after the photographic fixing lower limit temperature was meant that the photographic fixing image that will obtain is used the correspondence paper wiping, the survival rate of image color was the photographic fixing band temperature more than 70%.

[metewand]

◎: 135 ℃ of photographic fixing lower limit temperature less thaies;

*: the photographic fixing lower limit temperature is more than 155 ℃.

-heat penetration print and distribute living temperature-

Similarly carry out the photographic fixing evaluation with above-mentioned photographic fixing lower limit temperature, whether the photographic fixing image that detects by an unaided eye the heat penetration seal occurs.The fixing roller temperature that the heat penetration seal takes place is printed and distributed living temperature as heat penetration.

[metewand]

◎: the occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal is more than 190 ℃;

*: 170 ℃ of the occurrence temperature deficiencies of heat penetration seal.

＜image quality 〉

[metewand]

◎: do not observe image abnormity fully, very good;

＜ageing stability 〉

[metewand]

◎: do not observe image abnormity fully, very good;

＜comprehensive evaluation 〉

◎: good

Zero: can the actual level of using

*: can not the actual level of using

[table 5C]

	The toner sequence number	Shelf characteric	Foul smell	The image processing system sequence number	Fixation performance		Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation
					Fixation performance					The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	Heat penetration is printed and distributed living temperature
					Embodiment C 1	Toner 1				The photographic fixing lower limit temperature		◎	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment C 2	Toner 2	○	◎	A	Embodiment C 1	Toner 1	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	A	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment C 2	Toner 2	○	◎	A	Embodiment C 3	Toner 3	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	○	◎	A	◎	○	○	○	○
Embodiment C 4	Toner 4	○	△	A	Embodiment C 3	Toner 3	◎	◎	○	○	○	○	◎	A	◎	○	○	○	○
Embodiment C 4	Toner 4	○	△	A	Embodiment C 5	Toner 5	◎	◎	○	○	○	◎	◎	A	○	○	○	◎	○
Embodiment C 6	Toner 6	△	◎	A	Embodiment C 5	Toner 5	◎	○	○	○	○	◎	◎	A	○	○	○	◎	○
Embodiment C 6	Toner 6	△	◎	A	Embodiment C 7	Toner 7	◎	○	○	○	○	◎	◎	A	◎	○	○	○	○
Embodiment C 8	Toner 8	○	◎	A	Embodiment C 7	Toner 7	◎	◎	○	○	○	◎	◎	A	◎	○	○	○	○
Embodiment C 8	Toner 8	○	◎	A	Embodiment C 9	Toner 9	◎	◎	○	○	○	◎	◎	A	◎	○	○	◎	○
Comparative example C1	Toner	10	×	×	Embodiment C 9	Toner 9	A	○	△	○	×	◎	◎	A	◎	○	○	◎	○	×

(Embodiment C 10～C18 and comparative example C2)

The manufacturing of-carrier-

Adopt stirrer, the coating material of following composition was disperseed 10 minutes, prepared coating liquid, with this coating liquid and 5000 weight portion core (Cu-Zn ferrite particles, mass median diameter=35 μ m) puts in the apparatus for coating that is coated with, and on core, being coated with coating liquid, its above-mentioned apparatus for coating is coated with while form swirling recirculation flow by be provided with rotation base plate disk and paddle wheel in thermopnore.The coating thing that will obtain with electric furnace is made carrier 50 ℃ of following roastings 2 hours.

[composition of coating material]

Toluene ... 450 mass parts

Organic siliconresin (SR2400, Toray Dow Corning Silicone Co., Ltd. makes, nonvolatile component is 50 quality %) ... 450 mass parts

Amino silane (SH6020, Toray Dow Corning Silicone Co., Ltd. makes) ... 10 mass parts

Carbon filler ... 10 mass parts

The making of-two-component developing agent-

(Willy A.Bachofen AG Maschinenfabrik company makes, and T2F), toner 1～10 each the 5 quality % of making and the carrier of the above-mentioned making of 95 quality % is stirred preparation two-component developing agent 1～10 5 minutes with the Turbler mixer.

Formation of-image and evaluation-

The two-component developing agent 1～10 of above making is loaded among the image processing system B shown in Figure 21, carry out image and form, in the following way, carry out the evaluation of ageing stability, with embodiment 1～9 and comparative example 1 similarly, carry out photographic fixing lower limit temperature, image quality and comprehensive evaluation.The results are shown in table 6C.

＜image processing system B 〉

＜ageing stability 〉

Adopt above-mentioned image processing system B, with monochromatic mode with 100000 of the image chart of 35% image area operation outputs after, similarly estimate with the image quality evaluation of the foregoing description C1～C9 and comparative example C1.

[metewand]

◎: do not observe image abnormity fully, very good;

[table 6C]

	The two-component developing agent sequence number	The image processing system sequence number	Fixation performance		Image quality	Ageing stability	Comprehensive evaluation
			Fixation performance					The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	The occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal
			Embodiment C					The photographic fixing lower limit temperature	The occurrence temperature of heat penetration seal
10	Two-component developing agent 1	B	Embodiment C	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
10	Two-component developing agent 1	B	Embodiment C 11	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎	Two-component developing agent 2	B	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment C 12	Two-component developing agent 3	B	Embodiment C 11	◎	○	○	○	○	Two-component developing agent 2	B	◎	◎	◎	◎	◎
Embodiment C 12	Two-component developing agent 3	B	Embodiment C 13	◎	○	○	○	○	Two-component developing agent 4	B	◎	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment C 14	Two-component developing agent 5	B	Embodiment C 13	○	○	○	◎	○	Two-component developing agent 4	B	◎	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment C 14	Two-component developing agent 5	B	Embodiment C 15	○	○	○	◎	○	Two-component developing agent 6	B	◎	○	○	○	○
Embodiment C 16	Two-component developing agent 7	B	Embodiment C 15	◎	○	○	○	○	Two-component developing agent 6	B	◎	○	○	○	○
Embodiment C 16	Two-component developing agent 7	B	Embodiment C 17	◎	○	○	○	○	Two-component developing agent 8	B	◎	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment C 18	Two-component developing agent 9	B	Embodiment C 17	◎	○	○	◎	○	Two-component developing agent 8	B	◎	◎	○	○	○
Embodiment C 18	Two-component developing agent 9	B	Comparative example C2	◎	○	○	◎	○	Two-component developing agent 10	B	○	△	○	×	×

From the table 5C and the table 6C the result as can be seen, compare with C2 with the comparative example C1 that does not adopt the fumaric acid modified rosin, employing contains the Embodiment C 1～C18 as the toner of the vibrin of the binder resin of toner or two-component developing agent, can form have good fixation performance, the long-time high image of quality that does not have tonal variation, can't see abnormal images such as concentration reduction, bottom contamination that uses, wherein this vibrin carries out polycondensation reaction by the pure composition that contains aliphatic polyol, the carboxylic acid composition of containing the fumaric acid modified rosin and forms

Embodiment C 4 and Embodiment C 13 are owing to contain the rosin of fumaric acid modification, therefore compare with Embodiment C 10～C12 with Embodiment C 1～C3, image quality and ageing stability are a bit weaker, and wherein the rosin of this fumaric acid modification is by adopting fumaric acid that resin modification is not formed.

Industrial applicibility

Image processing system of the present invention, image forming method and handle box are because the toner that adopts has good low-temperature fixability, heat-resisting offset resistance and storage property, also can reduce the generation of foul smell, therefore, its can form have good fixation performance, long-time use does not have tone variations yet, can't see the high image of quality of the abnormal images such as concentration reductions, bottom contamination, such as panchromatic duplicator, panchromatic laser printer and the panchromatic plain paper facsimile etc. that can be widely used in such as laser printer, Direct Digital platemaking machine, the direct or indirect electrofax multicolor image visualization way of employing.

Claims

1. image processing system, this device have at least electrostatic latent image support body, make this electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure device, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing apparatus of visual image, the fixing device that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer device on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

2. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein Charging system is to make electrostatic latent image support the charged Charging system of body by the noncontact mode.

3. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein Charging system is to support body with electrostatic latent image to contact and charged Charging system.

4. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein developing apparatus has and is fixed in inner magnetic field generation device, and has the surface and supported the two-component developing agent and the revolvable developer that are made of magnetic carrier and toner and support body.

5. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein the developer of developing apparatus with supplying toner supports body and supports the layer thickness control parts that form toner thin layer on the surface at this developer.

6. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein transfer device is electrostatic latent image to be supported visual image on the body be transferred to transfer device on the recording medium.

7. the described image processing system of claim 1, this device a plurality ofly contains the image formative element that electrostatic latent image supports body, Charging system, developing apparatus and transfer device respectively at least and constitutes by arranging, wherein,

8. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein transfer device has that the primary transfer electrostatic latent image supports the intermediate transfer body of the visual image that forms on the body and with the visual image secondary transfer printing that supports on this intermediate transfer body secondary transfer printing device to the recording medium.

9. the described image processing system of claim 1, it has cleaning device, and this cleaning device has with electrostatic latent image and supports the cleaning doctor that the surface contacts.

10. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein developing apparatus has and supports the developer that the surface contacts with electrostatic latent image and support body, and reclaims this electrostatic latent image support toner residual on the body when above-mentioned electrostatic latent image is supported the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body.

11. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein fixing device has at least a in roller and the band, and the one side that never contacts with toner heats, and the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

12. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein fixing device has at least a in roller and the band, and heats from the one side that contacts with toner, the transferred image of transfer printing on the recording medium is heated and pressurizes, thereby carry out photographic fixing.

13. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein to contain carbon number be 2～6 aliphatic polyol to aliphatic polyol.

14. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein the content of (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin in the carboxylic acid composition is 5～85 quality %.

15. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein (methyl) acrylic acid modified rosin carries out modification with (methyl) acrylic acid to resin and obtains.

16. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein pure composition are to contain alcohol more than 3 yuan and carboxylic acid composition to contain at least a in the above carboxylic acid compound of ternary.

17. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein in the vibrin, molecular weight is that the content of the low molecular weight compositions below 500 is below 12%.

18. the described image processing system of claim 1, wherein polycondensation is at titanium compound and does not have in the presence of at least a in tin (II) compound of Sn-C key and carry out.

19. image forming method, this method comprises at least makes electrostatic latent image support the charged charged operation in surface, make charged electrostatic latent image support surface exposure and form electrostatic latent image exposure process, use toner to make above-mentioned latent electrostatic image developing and form the developing procedure of visual image, the photographic fixing operation that above-mentioned visual image is transferred to the transfer printing process on the recording medium and makes the transferred image photographic fixing of transfer printing on the aforementioned recording medium, wherein

20. handle box, it has electrostatic latent image at least and supports body and use toner to make this electrostatic latent image support the latent electrostatic image developing that forms on the body and form the developing apparatus of visual image, and this handle box can be dismantled in the image processing system main body, wherein,